SERVICE MANUAL US Model Canadian Model SACD/DVD PLAYER DVP-NS715P RMT-D145A SPECIFICATIONS Photo: Titanium gray type System Laser: Semiconductor laser Signal format system: NTSC Audio characteristics Frequency response: DVD VIDEO (PCM 96 kHz): 2 Hz to 44 kHz (±1.0 dB)/DVD VIDEO (PCM 48 kHz): 2 Hz to 22 kHz (±0.5 dB)/CD: 2 Hz to 20 kHz (±0.5 dB) Signal-to-noise ratio (S/N ratio): 115 dB (LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks only) Harmonic distortion: 0.003 % Dynamic range: DVD VIDEO: 103 dB/CD: 99 dB Wow and flutter: Less than detected value (±0.001% W PEAK) The signals from LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks are measured. When you play PCM sound tracks with a 96 kHz sampling frequency, the output signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack are converted to 48 kHz sampling frequency. Outputs (Jack name: Jack type/Output level/Load impedance) LINE OUT (AUDIO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 2 Vrms/10 kilohms DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL): Optical output jack/–18 dBm (wave length: 660 nm) DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL): Phono jack/ 0.5 Vp-p/75 ohms COMPONENT VIDEO OUT(Y, P B, PR): Phono jack/Y: 1.0 Vp-p/PB, PR: 0.7 Vp-p/ 75 ohms LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2: Phono jack/ 1.0 Vp-p/75 ohms S VIDEO OUT 1/2: 4-pin mini DIN/Y: 1.0 Vp-p, C: 0.286 Vp-p/75 ohms General Power requirements: 120 V AC, 60 Hz Power consumption: 13 W Dimensions (approx.): 430 × 74 × 255 mm (17 × 2 7/8 × 10 1/8 in.) (width/height/ depth) incl. projecting parts Mass (approx.): 2.4 kg (5 19/64 lb) Operating temperature: 5 ° C to 35 ° C (41 °F to 95 °F) Operating humidity: 25 % to 80 % Supplied accessories See page 15. Specifications and design are subject to change without notice. ENERGY STAR R is a U.S. registered mark. As an ENERGY STARR Partner, Sony Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR R guidelines for energy efficiency. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 2 – WARNING!! WHEN SERVICING, DO NOT APPROACH THE LASER EXIT WITH THE EYE TOO CLOSELY. IN CASE IT IS NECESSARY TO CONFIRM LASER BEAM EMISSION, BE SURE TO OBSERVE FROM A DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 25 cm FROM THE SURFACE OF THE OBJECTIVE LENS ON THE OPTICAL PICK-UP BLOCK. CAUTION Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous ra- diation exposure. ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT À LA SÉCURITÉ! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE REMPLACER CES COM- POSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈCES SONY DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU DANS LES SUPPLÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUB- LISHED BY SONY. CAUTION: The use of optical instrument with this product will increase eye hazard. Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage. 1.5 kΩ 0.15 µF AC voltmeter (0.75 V) To Exposed Metal Parts on Set Earth Ground LEAKAGE TEST The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5 mA (500 microamperes). Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers' instructions to use these instruments. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital multimeter is suitable for this job. 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The “limit” indica- tion is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate low- voltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are ex- amples of a passive VOM that is suitable. Nearly all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suit- able. (See Fig. A) 1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-sol- dered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are “pinched” or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transis- tors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 4. Look for parts which, though functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom- mend their replacement. 5. Check the line cord for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the customer. 6. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified. 7. Check the antenna terminals, metal trim, “metallized” knobs, screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as described below. SAFETY CHECK-OUT After correcting the original service problem, perform the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: Unleaded solder Boards requiring use of unleaded solder are printed with the lead- free mark (LF) indicating the solder contains no lead. (Caution: Some printed circuit boards may not come printed with the lead free mark due to their particular size.) : LEAD FREE MARK Unleaded solder has the following characteristics. • Unleaded solder melts at a temperature about 40°C higher than ordinary solder. Ordinary soldering irons can be used but the iron tip has to be applied to the solder joint for a slightly longer time. Soldering irons using a temperature regulator should be set to about 350°C. Caution: The printed pattern (copper foil) may peel away if the heated tip is applied for too long, so be careful! • Strong viscosity Unleaded solder is more viscous (sticky, less prone to flow) than ordinary solder so use caution not to let solder bridges occur such as on IC pins, etc. • Usable with ordinary solder It is best to use only unleaded solder but unleaded solder may also be added to ordinary solder. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 3 – TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page Section Title Page Service Note ............................................................................ 4 1. GENERAL Simple Start Guide ........................................................ 1-3 Hookups ........................................................................ 1-4 Playing Discs ................................................................. 1-6 Searching for a Scene................................................... 1-9 Viewing Information About the Disc .............................. 1-10 Sound Adjustments ....................................................... 1-11 Enjoying Movies ............................................................ 1-12 Using Various Additional Functions .............................. 1-13 Settings and Adjustments ............................................. 1-15 Additional Information ................................................... 1-17 2. DISASSEMBLY 2-1. Case Removal ............................................................... 2-1 2-2. Tray Cover Removal ...................................................... 2-1 2-3. Front Panel Block Ass‘y Removal ................................. 2-1 2-4. MB-103 Board Removal ................................................ 2-1 2-5. Power Block Removal ................................................... 2-2 2-6. AV-63 Board Removal ................................................... 2-2 2-7. Mechanism Deck Removal............................................ 2-2 2-8. IF-92 Board Removal .................................................... 2-2 2-9. Optical Pick-up Removal ............................................... 2-3 2-10. Internal Views ................................................................ 2-4 2-11. Circuit Boards Location ................................................. 2-5 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1. Overall Block Diagram................................................... 3-1 3-2. RF/Servo Block Diagram ............................................... 3-3 3-3. Signal Processor Block Diagram .................................. 3-5 3-4. System Control Block Diagram ..................................... 3-7 3-5. Video/Audio Block Diagram .......................................... 3-9 3-6. Interface Control Block Diagram ................................... 3-11 3-7. Power (1) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-13 3-8. Power (2) Block Diagram .............................................. 3-15 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 4-1. Frame Schematic Diagram............................................ 4-3 4-2. Printed Wiring Boards and Schematic Diagrams ......... 4-5 MS-81 (LOADING) Printed Wiring Board and Schematic Diagram ................................................ 4-5 MB-103 Printed Wiring Board ....................................... 4-7 MB-103 (RF AMP, SERVO) Schematic Diagram .......... 4-11 MB-103 (ARP, SERVO DSP) Schematic Diagram ........ 4-13 MB-103 (AV DECODER) Schematic Diagram .............. 4-15 MB-103 (DRIVE) Schematic Diagram .......................... 4-17 MB-103 (SYSTEM CONTROL) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-19 MB-103 (CLOCK GENERATOR) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-21 MB-103 (I/P CONVERTOR) Schematic Diagram ......... 4-23 MB-103 (VIDEO ENCODER, D/A CONVERTER) Schematic Diagram ....................................................... 4-25 AV-63 Printed Wiring Board .......................................... 4-27 AV-63 (VIDEO BUFFER) Schematic Diagram .............. 4-29 AV-63 (AUDIO AMP) Schematic Diagram .................... 4-31 IF-92 Printed Wiring Board ........................................... 4-33 IF-92 (IF CON) Schematic Diagram ............................. 4-35 HS12A1U Printed Wiring Board .................................... 4-37 HS12A1U Schematic Diagram ...................................... 4-39 5. IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 5-1. System Control Pin Function (MB-104 Board IC104) .................................................. 5-1 6. TEST MODE 6-1. General Description ...................................................... 6-1 6-2. Starting Test Mode ........................................................ 6-1 6-3. Syscon Diagnosis .......................................................... 6-1 6-4. Drive Auto Adjustment .................................................. 6-5 6-5. Drive Manual Operation ................................................ 6-7 6-6. Mecha Aging ................................................................. 6-10 6-7. Emergency History ........................................................ 6-10 6-8. Version Information ....................................................... 6-11 6-9. Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 6-11 6-10. IF CON Self Diagnostic Function .................................. 6-11 6-11. Troubleshooting ............................................................. 6-18 7. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 7-1. Power Supply Check ..................................................... 7-1 1. HS12A1U....................................................................... 7-1 7-2. Adjustment of Video System ......................................... 7-2 1. Video Level Adjustment ................................................ 7-2 2. Progressive Video Output Level Adjustment ................ 7-2 3. Checking S Video Output S-Y ....................................... 7-2 4. Checking S Video Output S-C....................................... 7-2 5. Checking Component Video Output Y .......................... 7-3 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y ...................... 7-3 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y ...................... 7-3 7-3. Adjustment Related Parts Arrangement ....................... 7-6 8. REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. Exploded Views ............................................................. 8-1 8-1-1. Front Panel Assembly .............................................. 8-1 8-1-2. Chassis Assembly .................................................... 8-2 8-1-3. Mechanism Deck Assembly ..................................... 8-3 8-2. Electrical Parts List ....................................................... 8-4 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 4 – SERVICE NOTE 1. DISASSEMBLY • This set can be disassembled in the order shown below. Set Case (Page 2-1) AV-63 Board (Page 2-2) Power Block (Page 2-2) Optical Pick-Up (Page 2-3) IF-92 Board (Page 2-2) MB-103 board (Page 2-1) Mechanism Deck (Page 2-2) Tray Cover Ass'y (Page 2-1) Front Panel Block Ass'y (Page 2-1) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 5 – 1 MB-103 board 6 CK-122 board 2 Stand 4 Two screws (B3) 3 Connector (CN101) 5 Connector (CN601) 3. HOW TO SERVICE MB-103 BOARD • Use the service jig. 2. DISC REMOVAL PROCEDURE (at POWER OFF) 1) Insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of the arrow A. (See Fig. 1) 2) Draw out the tray in the direction of the arrow B, and remove a disc. (See Fig. 1) Fig. 1 Tray Lever of chuck cam Aperture B A Harness 6P (J-6090-126-A) Five flexible flat cables CK-120 board (J-6090-127-A) CK-122 board (J-6090-129-A) Stand CK-121 board (J-6090-132-A) FFC 26P J-6090-117-A FFC-9P J-6090-118-A FFC-5P J-6090-119-A FFC-15P J-6090-121-A FFC 25P J-6090-122-A 1) Remove the case from the set. (Refer to 2-1) 2) Remove the MB-103 board from the set. (Refer to 2-4) 3) Set the MB-103 board as shown in Fig. 2. Fig. 2 4) Set the CK-120 board as shown in Fig. 3. Fig. 3 2 Four screws (B3) 3 Connector (CN601) 4 Connector (CN102) 5 Connector (CN101) 6 Flexible flat cables (FMM-035: CN101) 6 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-001: CN201, FMO-002: CN202) 1 CK-120 board www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 6 – 5) Set the four flexible flat cables as shown in Fig. 4. Fig. 4 6) Set the flexible flat cable and harness as shown in Fig. 5. Fig. 5 7 Connector (CN202) 1 Flexible flat cable (FFC 26P: CN203) 8 Flexible flat cable (FFC 15P: CN112) 2 Flexible flat cable (FFC 9P: CN204) 3 Flexible flat cable (FFC 5P: CN201) 4 Connector (CN112) 5 Connector (CN112) 6 Connector (CN112) 1 Connector (CN301) 2 Flexible flat cable (FFC 25P: CN114) 3 Connector (CN102) 4 Harness 6P (CN110) Fig. 6 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-1 SECTION 1 GENERAL This section is extracted from instruction manual (3-074-927-11). DVP-NS715P 6 About this Manual • Instructions in this manual describe the controls on the remote. You can also use the controls on the player if they have the same or similar names as those on the remote. • The meaning of the icons used in this manual is described below: * MP3 (MPEG 1 Audio Layer 3) is a standard format defined by ISO/MPEG which compresses audio data. “DVD” may be used as a general term for DVD VIDEOs, DVD-Rs, and DVD-RWs. This Player Can Play the Following Discs “DVD VIDEO” and “DVD-RW” are trademarks. Region code Your player has a region code printed on the back of the unit and only will play DVD VIDEO discs (playback only) labeled with identical region codes. This system is used to protect copyrights. DVD VIDEOs labeled will also play on this player. If you try to play any other DVD VIDEO, the message “Playback prohibited by area limitations.” will appear on the TV screen. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, no region code indication may be labeled even though playing the DVD VIDEO is prohibited by area restrictions. Example of discs that the player cannot play The player cannot play the following discs: • All CD-ROMs (including PHOTO CDs)/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs other than those recorded in the following formats: –music CD format –video CD format –MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660* Level 1/Level 2, or its extended format, Joliet • Data part of CD-Extras • DVD-ROMs • DVD Audio discs • HD layer on Super Audio CDs * A logical format of files and folders on CD- ROMs, defined by ISO (International Standard Organization). Also, the player cannot play the following discs: • A DVD VIDEO with a different region code. • A disc recorded in a color system other than NTSC, such as PAL or SECAM (this player conforms to the NTSC color system). Icon Meaning Functions available for DVD VIDEOs or DVD-Rs/DVD- RWs in video mode Functions available for DVD- RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode Functions available for VIDEO CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in video CD format Functions available for DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/CD-Rs/CD- RWs containing MP3* audio tracks) Functions available for music CDs or CD-Rs/CD-RWs in music CD format Format of discs DVD VIDEO (page 73) DVD-RW (page 73) VIDEO CD Music CD ALL DVP–XXXX 00V 00Hz 00W NO. 0-000-000-00 X Region code 7 • A disc that has a non-standard shape (e.g., card, heart). • A disc with paper or stickers on it. • A disc that has the adhesive of cellophane tape or a sticker still left on it. Note Some DVD-Rs, DVD-RWs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs cannot be played on this player due to the recording quality or physical condition of the disc, or the characteristics of the recording device. The disc will not play if it has not been correctly finalized. Also, discs may not play if they have been recorded with images that contain CPRM* (Content Protection for Recordable Media) protection. For more information, see the operating instructions for the recording device. Note that discs created in the Packet Write format cannot be played. * CPRM (Content Protection for Recordable Media) is a coding technology that protects the copyright of images. Note on playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs Some playback operations of DVDs and VIDEO CDs may be intentionally set by software producers. Since this player plays DVDs and VIDEO CDs according to the disc contents the software producers designed, some playback features may not be available. Also, refer to the instructions supplied with the DVDs or VIDEO CDs. Copyrights This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents, other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation, and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. Notes about the Discs • To keep the disc clean, handle the disc by its edge. Do not touch the surface. • Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or heat sources such as hot air ducts, or leave it in a car parked in direct sunlight as the temperature may rise considerably inside the car. • After playing, store the disc in its case. • Clean the disc with a cleaning cloth. Wipe the disc from the center out. • Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static spray intended for vinyl LPs. 8 Index to Parts and Controls For more information, refer to the pages indicated in parentheses. Front panel A [/1 (on/standby) button/indicator (28) Lights up in green when the power is on and lights up in red when the player is in standby mode. B PROGRESSIVE indicator (66) C Disc tray (28) D A (open/close) button (28) E ./> (previous/next) buttons (29) F C/X/x/c ENTER buttons (32) G TOP MENU button (32) H MENU button (32) (34) I O RETURN button (29) J DISPLAY button (12) K x (stop) button (29) L X (pause) button (29) M H (play) button (28) N Front panel display (9) O (remote sensor) (15) P SURROUND button (49) Q PICTURE MODE button (53) 9 Front panel display When playing back a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW When playing back a VIDEO CD with Playback Control (PBC) (33) When playing back a CD, DATA CD (MP3 audio), or VIDEO CD (without PBC) Playing time (45) Disc type Current audio signal (48) Lights up when you can change the angle (51) Current play mode (36) Current audio signal (48) Playing status Current title and chapter (45) Disc type Playing time (45) Current scene (45) Current play mode (36) Playing status Playing time (45) Disc type Lights up when playing MP3 audio tracks (34) Current play mode (36) Current track and index (45) Playing status ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-2 10 Rear panel A DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL) jack (22) (23) (24) B DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL) jack (22) (23) (24) C LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks (21) (22) (23) D LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks (18) E S VIDEO OUT 1/2 jacks (18) F COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks (18) G COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch (65) PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SELECTABLE SCAN SELECT PROGRESSIVE PB PR INTERLACE 11 Remote A TV [/1 (on/standby) button (61) B Z OPEN/CLOSE button (29) C Number buttons (32) The number 5 button has a tactile dot.* D CLEAR button (36) E SUBTITLE button (51) F AUDIO button (48) G REPEAT button (39) H TIME/TEXT button (44) I ./> PREV/NEXT (previous/ next) buttons (29) J c / C SEARCH/STEP buttons (30) K X PAUSE button (29) L H PLAY button (28) The H button has a tactile dot.* M C/X/x/c buttons (32) N DISPLAY button (12) O TOP MENU button (32) P [/1 (on/standby) button (28) Q VOL (volume) +/– buttons (61) The + button has a tactile dot.* R TV/VIDEO button (61) S ENTER button (performs the same function as wl) T WIDE MODE button (61) U ANGLE button (51) V PICTURE NAVI (picture navigation) button (42) W SUR (surround) button (49) X PICTURE MODE button (53) Y REPLAY button (29) Z SEARCH MODE button (41) wj m/M SCAN/SLOW buttons (30) wk x STOP button (29) wl ENTER button (25) e; O RETURN button (29) ea MENU button (32) (34) * Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the player. 12 Guide to the Control Menu Display Use the Control Menu to select a function and to view related information. Press DISPLAY repeatedly to turn on or change the Control Menu display as follows: z Hint You can skip the ADVANCED display by setting “OFF” under “ADVANCED” in the Control Menu (page 46). Control Menu Display The Control Menu display 1 and 2 will show different items depending on the disc type. For details about each item, please refer to the pages in the parentheses. Example: Control Menu display 1 when playing a DVD VIDEO. * Displays the scene number for VIDEO CDs (PBC is on), track number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, album number for DATA CDs. ** Displays the index number for VIDEO CDs/ CDs, MP3 audio track number for DATA CDs. , Control Menu display 1 m Control Menu display 2 (DVD/VIDEO CD only) m ADVANCED display (DVD only. See page 46.) m Control Menu display off OFF 1: ENGLISH 2: FRENCH 3: SPANISH OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY Select: Cancel: SUBTITLE ENTER RETURN Currently playing chapter number** Playing time Total number of chapters** Options Current setting Total number of titles* Playback status (N Playback, X Pause, x Stop, etc.) Function name of selected Control Menu item Operation message Selected item Control Menu items Type of disc being played Currently playing title number* 13 List of Control Menu Items Item Item Name, Function, Relevant Disc Type TITLE (page 41)/SCENE (page 41)/TRACK (page 41) Selects the title, scene, or track to be played. CHAPTER (page 41)/INDEX (page 41) Selects the chapter or index to be played. ALBUM (page 34) Selects the album to be played. TRACK (page 41) Selects the track to be played. INDEX (page 41) Selects the index to be played. ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST (page 32) Selects the type of titles (DVD-RW) to be played, the ORIGINAL one, or an edited PLAY LIST. TIME/TEXT (page 41) Checks the elapsed time and the remaining playback time. Input the time code for picture and music searching. Displays the DVD/CD/DATA CD text. AUDIO (page 48) Changes the audio setting. SUBTITLE (page 51) Displays the subtitles. Changes the subtitle language. ANGLE (page 51) Changes the angle. TVS (TV Virtual Surround) (page 49) Selects the surround functions. ADVANCED (page 46) Displays the information (bit rate or layer) of the disc currently playing. PARENTAL CONTROL (page 56) Set to prohibit playback on this player. SETUP (page 63) QUICK Setup (page 25) Use Quick Setup to choose the desired language of the on-screen display, the aspect ratio of the TV and the audio output. CUSTOM Setup In addition to the Quick Setup setting, you can adjust other various settings. RESET Returns the settings in “SETUP” to the default setting. PROGRAM (page 36) Selects the title, chapter, or track to play in the order you want. ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-3 14 z Hint The Control Menu icon indicator lights up in green when you select any item except “OFF.” (“TVS,” “PROGRAM,” “SHUFFLE,” “REPEAT,” “A-B REPEAT,” “BNR,” “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” only). The “ANGLE” indicator lights up in green only when the angles can be changed. The “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” indicator lights up in green when any setting other than “STANDARD” is selected. SHUFFLE (page 38) Plays the title, chapter, or track in random order. REPEAT (page 39) Plays the entire disc (all titles/all tracks/all albums) repeatedly or one title/chapter/ track/album repeatedly. A-B REPEAT (page 39) Specifies the parts you want to play repeatedly. BNR (page 52) Adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 53) Adjusts the video signal from the player. You can select the picture quality that best suits the program you are watching. DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 55) Exaggerates the outline of the image to produce a sharper picture. PICTURE NAVIGATION (page 42) Divides the screen into 9 subscreens to help you find the scene you want quickly. t 15 Simple Start Guide Simple Start Guide Quick Overview A quick overview presented in this guide will give you enough information to start using the player for your enjoyment. To use the surround sound features of this player, refer to “Hookups” on page 18. Notes • You cannot connect this player to a TV that does not have a video input jack. • Be sure to disconnect the power cord of each component before connecting. Step 1: Unpacking Check that you have the following items: • Audio/video cord (pinplug × 3 y pinplug × 3) (1) • Remote commander (remote) (1) • Size AA (R6) batteries (2) Step 2: Inserting Batteries into the Remote You can control the player using the supplied remote. Insert two Size AA (R6) batteries by matching the 3 and # ends on the batteries to the markings inside the compartment. When using the remote, point it at the remote sensor on the player. Notes • Do not leave the remote in an extremely hot or humid place. • Do not drop any foreign object into the remote casing, particularly when replacing the batteries. • Do not expose the remote sensor to direct light from the sun or a lighting apparatus. Doing so may cause a malfunction. • If you do not use the remote for an extended period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery leakage and corrosion. 16 Step 3: TV Hookups Connect the supplied audio/video cord and the power cord in the order (1~3) shown below. Be sure to connect the power cord last. When connecting to a wide screen TV Depending on the disc, the image may not fit your TV screen. If you want to change the aspect ratio, please refer to page 65. When connecting to a TV that accepts progressive (480p) format signals You need to use the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks to view progressive signals. Hook up your TV using pattern C on page 18, and then run Quick Setup on page 25. z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jack on the player to the TV’s video input jack, and connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR 1 2 S VIDEO OUT VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R (yellow) (white) (red) R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to audio input 1 Audio/video cord (supplied) 2 Power source to video input to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO)1 or 2 CD/DVD Player TV 3 Power source l : Signal flow 17 Simple Start Guide Step 4: Playing a Disc A Turn on the TV. B Press [/1 on the player. C Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. D Press A on the player to open the disc tray. E Place the disc on the tray with the playback side facing down. F Press H. The disc tray closes and the player begins playing the disc. After Step 6 Depending on the disc, a menu may be displayed on the TV screen. If so, select the item you want from the menu and play the DVD VIDEO (page 32) or VIDEO CD disc (page 33). To stop playing Press x. To remove the disc Press A. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode and the power indicator lights up in red. With the playback side facing down www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-4 18 Hookups Hooking Up the Player Follow Steps 1 to 4 to hook up and adjust the settings of the player. Before you start, disconnect the power cords, check that you have all of the supplied accessories, and insert the batteries into the remote (page 15). Notes • Plug cords securely to prevent unwanted noise. • Refer to the instructions supplied with the components to be connected. Step 1: Connecting the Video Cords Connect this player to your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) using a video cord. Select one of the patterns A through C, according to the input jack on your TV monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver). B A C INPUT S VIDEO PR PB Y COMPONENT VIDEO IN VIDEO AUDIO INPUT L R PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR Audio/video cord (supplied) l : Signal flow Component video cord (not supplied) (yellow) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) CD/DVD player TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (green) S VIDEO cord (not supplied) TV, projector or AV amplifier (receiver) (red) (blue) (yellow) (green) (blue) (red) to LINE OUT (VIDEO)1 or 2 to COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to S VIDEO OUT 1 or 2 19 Hookups A If you are connecting to a video input jack Connect the yellow plug of the audio/video cord (supplied) to the yellow (video) jacks. You will enjoy standard quality images. Use the red and white plugs to connect to the audio input jacks (page 21). (Do this if you are connecting to a TV only.) B If you are connecting to an S VIDEO input jack Connect an S VIDEO cord (not supplied). You will enjoy high quality images. C If you are connecting to a monitor, projector, or AV amplifier (receiver) having component video input jacks (Y, PB, PR) Connect the component via the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks using a component video cord (not supplied) or three video cords (not supplied) of the same kind and length. You will enjoy accurate color reproduction and high quality images. If your TV accepts progressive (480p) format signals, you must use this connection and set “COMPONENT OUT” to “PROGRESSIVE” in “SCREEN SETUP” (page 65). Notes • Do not connect the player to a VCR. If you pass the player signals via the VCR, you may not receive a clear image on the TV screen. • Consumers should note that not all high definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In the case of 480 progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that you switch the connection to the standard definition output. If there are questions regarding your Sony TV set’s compatibility with this model 480p DVD player, please contact our customer service center. Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Yellow (Video) White (L) Red (R) Green Blue Red Green Blue Red VCR CD/DVD player TV Connect directly 20 Step 2: Connecting the Audio Cords Refer to the chart below to select the connection that best suits your system. Be sure to also read the instructions for the components you wish to connect. Select a connection Select one of the following connections, through . * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby,” “Pro Logic,” and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. ** “DTS” and “DTS Digital Out” are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. Components to be connected Connection Your setup TV • Surround effects: TVS DYNAMIC (page 50), TVS WIDE (page 50) (page 21) example Stereo amplifier (receiver) and two speakers • Surround effects: TVS STANDARD (page 50) or MD deck/DAT deck • Surround effects: none (page 22) example AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby* Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers • Surround effects: Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 73) (page 23) example AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a Dolby Digital or DTS** decoder and 6 speakers • Surround effects: Dolby Digital (5.1ch) (page 73), DTS (5.1ch) (page 73) (page 24) example A D A B C D 21 Hookups Connecting to your TV This connection will use your TV speakers for sound. * The yellow plug is used for video signals (page 18). z Hint When connecting to a monaural TV, use a stereo- mono conversion cord (not supplied). Connect the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks to the TV’s audio input jack. A PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT A TV l : Signal flow CD/DVD player (white) (red) Audio/video cord (supplied) to audio input (yellow) (white) (red) (yellow)* to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-5 22 Connecting to a stereo amplifier (receiver) and 2 speakers/Connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck If the stereo amplifier (receiver) has audio input jacks L and R only, use . If the amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, or when connecting to an MD deck or DAT deck, use . In this case, you can also connect the player directly to the MD deck or DAT deck without using your stereo amplifier (receiver). z Hint In connection , you can use the supplied audio/video cord instead of using a separate stereo audio cord. Note If you select one of the TVS effects (page 49) while playing a disc, no sound will come from your speakers with the connection. B B-1 B-2 PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR B-2 B-1 PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Stereo amplifier (receiver) MD deck/DAT deck Front (L) Front (R) [Speakers] (white) (red) (red) (white) Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) to audio input to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting or to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) l: Signal flow B-1 B-2 23 Hookups Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) having a Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) decoder and 3 to 6 speakers You can enjoy the Dolby Surround effects only when playing Dolby Surround audio or multi- channel audio (Dolby Digital) discs. If your amplifier (receiver) has L and R audio input jacks only, use . If your amplifier (receiver) has a digital input jack, use . Note When connecting 6 speakers, replace the monaural rear speaker with a center speaker, 2 rear speakers and a subwoofer. C C-1 C-2 PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR C-2 C-1 PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT CD/DVD player or Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) Subwoofer l: Signal flow Rear (L) Amplifier (receiver) with Dolby Surround decoder Center Rear (mono) Stereo audio cord (not supplied) [Speakers] Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) (red) (white) to coaxial or optical digital input Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] or to audio input (white) (red) to LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1 or 2 to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) ,continued 24 Connecting to an AV amplifier (receiver) with a digital input jack having a Dolby Digital or DTS decoder and 6 speakers This connection will allow you to use the Dolby Digital or DTS decoder function of your AV amplifier (receiver). You are unable to enjoy the surround sound effects of this player. Note After you have completed the connection, be sure to set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” to “ON” in Quick Setup (page 25). D PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT R 1 2 L AUDIO VIDEO LINE OUT 1 2 S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y SCAN SELECT SELECTABLE INTERLACE PROGRESSIVE PB PR D PCM/DTS/DOLBY DIGITAL COAXIAL OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Front (R) Front (L) Rear (R) AV amplifier (receiver) having a decoder Subwoofer Center Coaxial digital cord (not supplied) Optical digital cord (not supplied) Remove jack cap before connecting [Speakers] CD/DVD player l: Signal flow [Speakers] Rear (L) to optical digital input or to coaxial digital input to DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) 25 Hookups Step 3: Connecting the Power Cord Plug the player and TV power cords into an AC outlet. Step 4: Quick Setup Follow the steps below to make the minimum number of basic adjustments for using the player. To skip an adjustment, press >. To return to the previous adjustment, press .. 1 Turn on the TV. 2 Press [/1. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. “Press [ENTER] to run QUICK SETUP” appears at the bottom of the screen. If this message does not appear, select “QUICK” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu to run Quick Setup (page 64). 4 Press ENTER without inserting a disc. The Setup Display for selecting the language used in the on-screen display appears. 5 Press X/x to select a language. The player uses the language selected here to display the menu and subtitles as well. 6 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the aspect ratio of the TV to be connected appears. 7 Press X/x to select the setting that matches your TV type. ◆ If you have a 4:3 standard TV • 4:3 LETTER BOX or 4:3 PAN SCAN (page 65) ◆ If you have a wide-screen TV or a 4:3 standard TV with a wide-screen mode • 16:9 (page 65) 8 Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of video signal appears. ./> X/x ENTER [/1 LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: FRENCH ENGLISH ENGLISH SPANISH PORTUGUESE SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO 16:9 ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-6 26 9 Press X/x to select the type of signals you wish to output to your TV. Select “PROGRESSIVE” only if you have made video connection C (page 18) and wish to view progressive video signals. ◆ Interlace format TV (standard TV) • INTERLACE (pages 65) ◆ Progressive format TV • PROGRESSIVE (pages 65) 10Press ENTER. The Setup Display for selecting the type of jack used to connect your amplifier (receiver) appears. 11Press X/x to select the type of jack (if any) you are using to connect to an amplifier (receiver), then press ENTER. Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 21 to 24 ( through ). • If you connect just a TV and nothing else, select “NO.” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO).” Quick Setup is finished and connections are complete. • Select “DIGITAL OUTPUT.” The Setup Display for “DOLBY DIGITAL” appears. 12Press X/x to select the type of Dolby Digital signal you wish to send to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the signal that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). • D-PCM (page 69) • DOLBY DIGITAL (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a Dolby Digital decoder) (page 69) 13Press ENTER. “DTS” is selected. 14Press X/x to select whether or not you wish to send a DTS signal to your amplifier (receiver). Choose the item that matches the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). • OFF (page 69) • ON (only if the amplifier (receiver) has a DTS decoder) (page 69) SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE INTERLACE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: PROGRESSIVE INTERLACE YES NO Is this player connected to an amplifier (receiver) ? Select the type of jack you are using. LINE OUTPUT L/R (AUDIO) DIGITAL OUTPUT A D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D B D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: DTS: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM DOLBY DIGITAL D-PCM B-2 C-2 D AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: DOLBY DIGITAL: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM DTS: OFF OFF ON B D B-2 C-2 D 27 Hookups 15Press ENTER. Quick Setup is finished. All connections and setup operations are complete. Enjoying the surround sound effects To enjoy the surround sound effects of this player or your amplifier (receiver), set the following items as described below for the audio connection you selected on pages 22 to 24 ( through ). Each of these is the default setting and does not need to be adjusted when you first connect the player. Refer to page 63 for using the Setup Display. Audio Connection (pages 21 to 24) • No additional settings are needed. • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 69) • If the sound distorts even when the volume is turned down, set “AUDIO ATT” to “ON” (page 68) • Set “DOWNMIX” to “DOLBY SURROUND” (page 69) • Set “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON” (page 69) B D A B-1 C-1 B-2 C-2 D 28 Playing Discs Playing Discs Depending on the DVD or VIDEO CD, some operations may be different or restricted. Refer to the operating instructions supplied with your disc. 1 Turn on your TV. 2 Press [/1. The player turns on and the power indicator lights up in green. 3 Switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. ◆ When using an amplifier (receiver) Turn on the amplifier (receiver) and select the appropriate channel so that you can hear sound from the player. 4 Press A on the player, and place a disc on the disc tray. 5 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts playback (continuous play). Adjust the volume on the TV or the amplifier (receiver). Depending on the disc, a menu may appear on the TV screen. For DVD VIDEOs, see page 32. For VIDEO CDs, see page 33. To turn off the player Press [/1. The player enters standby mode. z Hint You can have the player turn off automatically whenever you leave it in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. To turn on this function, set “AUTO POWER OFF” in “CUSTOM SETUP” to “ON” (page 67). Notes on playing DTS sound tracks on a CD • When playing DTS-encoded CDs, excessive noise will be heard from the analog stereo jacks. To avoid possible damage to the audio system, the consumer should take proper precautions when the analog stereo jacks of the player are connected to an amplification system. To enjoy DTS Digital Surround™ playback, an external 5.1-channel decoder system must be connected to the digital jack of the player. • Set the sound to “STEREO” using the AUDIO button when you play DTS sound tracks on a CD (page 48). • Do not play DTS sound tracks without first connecting the player to an audio component having a built-in DTS decoder. The player outputs the DTS signal via the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack even if “DTS” in “AUDIO SETUP” is [/1 H Power indicator A [/1 Z AUDIO H With the playback side facing down 29 Playing Discs set to “OFF” in the Setup Display (page 69), and may affect your ears or cause your speakers to be damaged. Notes on playing DVD VIDEOs with a DTS sound track • DTS audio signals are output only through the DIGITAL OUT (COAXIAL or OPTICAL) jack. • When you play a DVD VIDEO with DTS sound tracks, set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69). • If you connect the player to audio equipment without a DTS decoder, do not set “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69). A loud noise may come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. Additional operations z Hint The Replay function is useful when you want to review a scene or dialog that you missed. Note You may not be able to use the Replay function with some scenes. Locking the disc tray (Child Lock) You can lock the disc tray to prevent children from opening it. When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 on the remote. The player turns on and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. The Z button on the player or the remote does not work while the Child Lock is set. To unlock the disc tray When the player is in standby mode, press O RETURN, ENTER, and then [/1 again. Note Even if you select “RESET” under “SETUP” in the Control Menu (page 64), the disc tray remains locked. To Operation Stop Press x Pause Press X Resume play after pause Press X or H Go to the next chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press > Go back to the previous chapter, track, or scene in continuous play mode Press . Stop play and remove the disc Press Z Z ./> H REPLAY X x Replay the previous scene (DVD VIDEO only) Press REPLAY To Operation ENTER O RETURN [/1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-7 30 Searching for a Particular Point on a Disc (Search, Scan, Slow-motion Play, Freeze Frame) You can quickly locate a particular point on a disc by monitoring the picture or playing back slowly. Note Depending on the DVD/VIDEO CD, you may not be able to do some of the operations described. Locating a point quickly (Search) During playback, keep pressing C to locate a point in the playback direction or keep pressing c to locate a point in the opposite direction. When you find the point you want, release the button to return to normal playback speed. Locating a point quickly by playing a disc in fast forward or fast reverse (Scan) Press m or M while playing a disc. When you find the point you want, press H to return to normal speed. Each time you press m or M during scan, the playback speed changes. Three speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction Opposite direction The “×2B”/“×2b” playback speed is about twice the normal speed. The “FF2M”/ “FR2m” playback speed is faster than “FF1M”/“FR1m.” Watching frame by frame (Slow- motion play) Press m or M when the player is in pause mode. To return to the normal speed, press H. Each time you press m or M during Slow-motion play, the playback speed changes. Two speeds are available. With each press the indication changes as follows: Playback direction SLOW2 y SLOW1 Opposite direction (DVD only) SLOW2 y SLOW1 The “SLOW2 y”/“SLOW2 ” playback speed is slower than “SLOW1 y”/“SLOW1 .” Playing one frame at a time (Freeze Frame) When the player is in the pause mode, press C to go to the next frame. Press c to go to the preceding frame (DVD only). If you hold the button down, you can view the frames in succession. To return to normal playback, press H. m c / C H M × 2B (DVD VIDEO/CD only) t FF1M t FF2M × 2b (DVD VIDEO only) t FR1m t FR2m 31 Playing Discs Resuming Playback from the Point Where You Stopped the Disc (Multi-disc Resume) The player stores the point where you stopped the disc for up to 40 discs and resumes playback the next time you insert the same disc. When you store a resume playback point for the 41st disc, the resume playback point for the first disc is deleted. 1 While playing a disc, press x to stop playback. “RESUME” appears on the front panel display. 2 Press H. The player starts playback from the point where you stopped the disc in Step 1. z Hints • To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then press H. • For DVD-RWs in VR mode, CDs, and DATA CDs, the player remembers the resume playback point for the current disc unless the disc tray is opened, the power cord is disconnected, or only for DATA CDs, the player enters standby mode. Notes • “MULTI-DISC RESUME” in “CUSTOM SETUP” must be set to “ON” (default) for this function to work (page 68). • The resume playback point for the current disc is cleared when: – you change the play mode. – you change the settings on the Setup Display. • This function may not work with some discs. • Resume Play does not work during Shuffle Play and Program Play. H x 32 Using the DVD’s Menu A DVD is divided into long sections of a picture or a music feature called “titles.” When you play a DVD which contains several titles, you can select the title you want using the TOP MENU button. When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such as the language for the subtitles and the language for the sound, select these items using the MENU button. 1 Press TOP MENU or MENU. The disc’s menu appears on the TV screen. The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc. 2 Press C/X/x/c or the number buttons to select the item you want to play or change. 3 Press ENTER. z Hint The disc’s menu also appears when the TOP MENU or MENU button on the player is pressed. Selecting “ORIGINAL” or “PLAY LIST” on a DVD- RW Disc Some DVD-RW discs in VR (Video Recording) mode have two types of titles for playback: originally recorded titles (ORIGINAL) and titles that can be created on recordable DVD players for editing (PLAY LIST). You can select the type of titles to be played. 1 Press DISPLAY in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST), then press ENTER. The options for “ORIGINAL/PLAY LIST” appear. Number buttons ENTER MENU TOP MENU C/X/x/c DISPLAY X/x ENTER 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD-RW PLAY LIST PLAY LIST ORIGINAL STOP 33 Playing Discs 3 Press X/x to select the setting. • PLAY LIST: plays the titles created from “ORIGINAL” for editing. • ORIGINAL: plays the titles originally recorded. 4 Press ENTER. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Note Repeat Play and A-B Repeat Play do not work across “ORIGINAL” and “PLAY LIST” titles. Playing VIDEO CDs with PBC Functions (PBC Playback) PBC (Playback Control) allows you to play VIDEO CDs interactively by following the menu on the TV screen. 1 Start playing a VIDEO CD with PBC functions. The menu for your selection appears. 2 Select the item number you want by pressing X/x or the number buttons. 3 Press ENTER. 4 Follow the instructions in the menu for interactive operations. Refer to the instructions supplied with the disc, as the operating procedure may differ depending on the VIDEO CD. Number buttons H x ENTER O RETURN ./> X/x ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-8 34 To return to the menu Press O RETURN. z Hint To play without using PBC, press ./> or the number buttons while the player is stopped to select a track, then press H or ENTER. “Play without PBC” appears on the TV screen and the player starts continuous play. You cannot play still pictures such as a menu. To return to PBC playback, press x twice then press H. Note Depending on the VIDEO CD, “Press ENTER” in Step 3 may appear as “Press SELECT” in the instructions supplied with the disc. In this case, press H. Playing an MP3 Audio Track You can play back DATA CDs (CD-ROMs/ CD-Rs/CD-RWs) recorded in MP3 (MPEG1 Audio Layer 3) format. 1 Press Z and place a DATA CD on the disc tray. 2 Press H. The disc tray closes, and the player starts to play the first MP3 audio track in the first album on the disc. Notes • The player can play MP3 audio tracks recorded in the following sampling frequencies: 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz. • The playback order may be different from the edited order. See “The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks” below for details. Selecting an album and track 1 Press MENU. The list of MP3 albums recorded on the DATA CD appears. Z H ENTER O RETURN MENU C/X/x/c 35 Playing Discs 2 Select an album using X/x and press ENTER. The list of tracks contained in the album appears. 3 Select a track using X/x and press ENTER. The selected track starts playing. When a track or album is being played, its title is shaded. To go to the next or previous page Press c or C. To return to the previous display Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press MENU. Notes • Only the letters in the alphabet and numbers can be used for album or track names. Anything else is displayed as “*.” • ID3 tags cannot be displayed. About MP3 audio tracks You can play MP3 audio tracks on CD- ROMs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs. However, the discs must be recorded according to ISO9660 level 1, level 2, or Joliet format for the player to recognize the tracks. You can also play discs recorded in Multi Session. See the instructions of the CD-R/RW device or recording software (not supplied) for details on the recording format. To play a Multi Session CD This player can play Multi Session CDs when an MP3 audio track is located in the first session. Any subsequent MP3 audio tracks, recorded in the later sessions, can also be played back. When audio tracks and images in music CD format or video CD format are recorded in the first session, only the first session will be played back. Notes • If you put the extension “.MP3” to data not in MP3 format, the player cannot recognize the data properly and will generate a loud noise which could damage your speaker system. • The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The Playback order of MP3 audio tracks The playback order of albums and tracks recorded on a DATA CD is as follows. ◆Structure of disc contents 1 ( 3 0 ) R O C K B E S T H I T K A R A O K E J A Z Z R & B M Y F A V O R I T E S O N G S C L A S S I C A L S A L S A O F C U B A B O S S A N O V A J A Z Z 1 ( 9 0 ) 0 1 S H E I S S P E C I A L 0 2 A L L Y O U N E E D I S . . . 0 3 S P I C Y L I F E 0 4 H A P P Y H O U R 0 5 R I V E R S I D E 0 6 5 0 7 T A K E T I M E , T A K E T I M E ROOT Tree 1 Tree 2 Tree 3 Tree 4 Tree 5 album track ,continued 36 When you insert a DATA CD and press H, the numbered tracks are played sequentially, from 1 through 7. Any sub-albums/tracks contained within a currently selected album take priority over the next album in the same tree. (Example: C contains D so 4 is played before 5.) When you press MENU and the list of MP3 albums appears (page 34), the albums are arranged in the following order: A t B t C t D t F t G. Albums that do not contain tracks (such as album E) do not appear in the list. z Hints • If you add numbers (01, 02, 03, etc.) to the front of the track file names, the tracks will be played in that order. • Since a disc with many trees takes longer to start playback, it is recommended that you create albums of no more than two trees. Notes • Depending on the software you use to create the DATA CD, the playback order may differ from the illustration above. • The playback order above may not be applicable if there are more than a total of 999 albums and tracks in the DATA CD. • The player can recognize up to 499 albums (the player will count just albums, including albums that do not contain MP3 audio tracks). The player will not play any albums beyond the first 499 albums. Of the first 499 albums, the player will play no more than a combined total of 999 albums and tracks. Various Play Mode Functions (Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, A-B Repeat Play) You can set the following play modes: • Program Play (page 36) • Shuffle Play (page 38) • Repeat Play (page 39) • A-B Repeat Play (page 39) Note The play mode is canceled when: – you open the disc tray. – the player enters standby mode by pressing [/1. Creating your own program (Program Play) You can play the contents of a disc in the order you want by arranging the order of the titles, chapters, or tracks on the disc to create your own program. You can program up to 99 titles, chapters, and tracks. X/x/c DISPLAY ENTER CLEAR Number buttons H 37 Playing Discs 1 Press DISPLAY twice (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PROGRAM), then press ENTER. The options for “PROGRAM” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. 4 Press c. The cursor moves to the title or track row “T” (in this case, “01”). 5 Select the title, chapter, or track you want to program. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO For example, select chapter “03” of title “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. Next, press X/x or the number buttons to select “03” under “C,” then press ENTER. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD For example, select track “02.” Press X/x or the number buttons to select “02” under “T,” then press ENTER. 6 To program other titles, chapters, or tracks, repeat Steps 4 to 5. The programmed titles, chapters, and tracks are displayed in the selected order. 7 Press H to start Program Play. Program Play begins. When the program ends, you can restart the same program again by pressing H. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To play the same program again, select “ON” in Step 3 and press ENTER. OFF OFF SET ON 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY PROGRAM 1. TITLE ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T – – 01 02 03 04 05 “TRACK” is displayed when you play a VIDEO CD or CD. Titles or tracks recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – T C ALL 01 02 03 04 05 06 – – 02 03 04 05 01 Chapters recorded on a disc PROGRAM 1. TITLE – – ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – C ALL 03 04 05 06 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 02 01 T – – 01 02 03 04 05 PROGRAM 1. TITLE 0 2 – 0 3 ALL CLEAR 2. TITLE – – 3. TITLE – – 4. TITLE – – 5. TITLE – – 6. TITLE – – 7. TITLE – – Selected title and chapter PROGRAM 1. TRACK 0 2 ALL CLEAR 2. TRACK – – 3. TRACK – – 4. TRACK – – 5. TRACK – – 6. TRACK – – 7. TRACK – – 0:15:30 – – 01 02 03 04 05 T Selected track Total time of the programmed tracks ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-9 38 To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To change or cancel a program 1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Select the program number of the title, chapter, or track you want to change or cancel using X/x or the number buttons, and press c. 3 Follow Step 5 for new programming. To cancel a program, select “--” under “T,” then press ENTER. To cancel all the titles, chapters, or tracks in the programmed order 1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Creating your own program (Program Play).” 2 Press X and select “ALL CLEAR.” 3 Press ENTER. z Hint You can do Repeat Play or Shuffle Play of the programmed titles, chapters, or tracks. During Program Play, follow the Steps of “Repeat Play” (page 39) or “Shuffle Play” (page 38). Playing in random order (Shuffle Play) You can have the player “shuffle” titles, chapters, or tracks. Subsequent “shuffling” may produce a different playing order. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SHUFFLE), then press ENTER. The options for “SHUFFLE” appear. 3 Press X/x to select the item to be shuffled. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • TITLE • CHAPTER ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD • TRACK ◆ When Program Play is activated • ON: shuffles titles, chapters, or tracks selected in Program Play. 4 Press ENTER. Shuffle Play starts. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. z Hints • You can set Shuffle Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “SHUFFLE” option, press H. Shuffle Play starts. • Up to 200 chapters in a disc can be played in random order when “CHAPTER” is selected. DISPLAY ENTER CLEAR H X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 OFF CHAPTER TITLE OFF DVD VIDEO PLAY 39 Playing Discs Playing repeatedly (Repeat Play) You can play all of the titles or tracks on a disc or a single title, chapter, or track repeatedly. You can use a combination of Shuffle or Program Play modes. 1 Press REPEAT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press REPEAT repeatedly to select the item to be repeated. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO • DISC: repeats all of the titles. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW • DISC: repeats all the titles of the selected type. • TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc. • CHAPTER: repeats the current chapter. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD or CD • DISC: repeats all of the tracks. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • DISC: repeats all of the albums. • ALBUM: repeats the current album. • TRACK: repeats the current track. ◆ When Program Play or Shuffle Play is activated • ON: repeats Program Play or Shuffle Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 2. z Hints • You can set Repeat Play while the player is stopped. After selecting the “REPEAT” option, press H. Repeat Play starts. • You can also select “REPEAT” from the Control Menu (page 12). Repeating a specific portion (A- B Repeat Play) You can play a specific portion of a title, chapter or track repeatedly. (This function is useful when you want to memorize lyrics, etc.) 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback (when playing a CD, press once). The Control Menu appears. REPEAT CLEAR H DISC DISPLAY ENTER X/x CLEAR ,continued 40 2 Press X/x to select (A-B REPEAT), then press ENTER. The options for “A-B REPEAT” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “SET t,” then press ENTER. The “A-B REPEAT” setting display appears. 4 During playback, when you find the starting point (point A) of the portion to be played repeatedly, press ENTER. The starting point (point A) is set. 5 When you reach the ending point (point B), press ENTER again. The set points are displayed and the player starts repeating this specific portion. “A-B” appears on the front panel display during A-B Repeat Play. To return to normal play Press CLEAR, or select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • When you set A-B Repeat Play, the settings for Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, and Program Play are canceled. • A-B Repeat Play does not work for titles containing still pictures on a DVD-RW in VR mode. • A-B Repeat Play does not work across multiple titles on a DVD-RW in VR mode. SET OFF OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO PLAY Set point A with . A-B REPEAT ENTER A: 18 – 1 : 32 : 55 CHAPTER TIME Set point B with . ENTER A-B REPEAT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) DVD VIDEO PLAY A: 18 – 1 : 32 : 55 B: 18 – 1 : 34 : 30 CHAPTER TIME ON T 1 : 3 4 : 3 0 41 Searching for a Scene Searching for a Scene Searching for a Title/ Chapter/Track/Index/ Scene (Search mode) You can search a DVD by title or chapter, and you can search a VIDEO CD/CD by track, index, or scene. As titles and tracks are assigned unique numbers on the disc, you can select the desired one by entering its number. Or, you can search for a scene using the time code. 1 Press SEARCH MODE. The following display appears. “-- (**)” appears next to the icon (** refers to a number). The number in parentheses indicates the total number of titles, tracks, indexes, scenes, etc. of the disc. 2 Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly to select the search method. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW TITLE CHAPTER TIME/TEXT Select “TIME/TEXT” to search for a starting point by inputting the time code. ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD with PBC Playback SCENE ◆ When playing a CD TRACK INDEX ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) ALBUM TRACK 3 Select the number of the title, track, scene, time code, etc. you want by pressing the number buttons to select the digit. For example, to find the scene at 2 hours, 10 minutes, and 20 seconds after the beginning, select “TIME/TEXT” in Step 2 and enter “2:10:20.” If you make a mistake Cancel the number by pressing CLEAR, then select another number. 4 Press ENTER. The player starts playback from the selected number. To turn off the display Press SEARCH MODE repeatedly until the display is turned off. z Hints • You can display the first scene of titles, chapters or tracks recorded on the disc on a screen divided into 9 sections. You can start playback directly by selecting one of the scenes. For details, see page 42. • You can also select “TITLE,” “CHAPTER,” “TRACK,” “INDEX,” “SCENE,” “TIME/ TEXT,” or “ALBUM” from the Control Menu (page 12). Number buttons ENTER SEARCH MODE CLEAR – –(10) ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-10 42 Note You cannot search for a still picture on a DVD-RW in VR mode. Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and find the desired scene quickly. 1 Press PICTURE NAVI during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE NAVI repeatedly to select the item. Refer to the explanations given for each item in the following sections. • TITLE VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) • CHAPTER VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) • TRACK VIEWER (for VIDEO CD only) • STROBE PLAYBACK • ANGLE VIEWER (for DVD VIDEO only) ENTER O RETURN PICTURE NAVI C/X/x/c X TITLE VIEWER ENTER 43 Searching for a Scene 3 Press ENTER. To return to normal play Press O RETURN. z Hint You can also select “PICTURE NAVIGATION” from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • Depending on the disc, you may not be able to select all functions. • The sound is muted when using this function. Scanning the title, chapter, or track (TITLE VIEWER, CHAPTER VIEWER, TRACK VIEWER) You can divide the screen into 9 subscreens and display the first scene of titles, chapters, or tracks. You can also play back from the selected title, chapter, or track. After performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, select the scene using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. z Hint If there are more than 9 titles, chapters, or tracks, V is displayed at the bottom right. To display the additional titles, chapters, or tracks, select the bottom right scene (the position 9) and press x. To return to the previous scene, select the top left scene (the position 1) and press X. Dividing a scene into 9 sections (STROBE PLAYBACK) You can display 9 consecutive moving pictures on the screen. When you press X after performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, the moving pictures pause. Displaying different angles simultaneously (ANGLE VIEWER) If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, you can display all of the angles recorded on the disc on the screen divided into 9 sections. You can also play back from the selected angle. After performing Step 3 of “Searching by Scene (PICTURE NAVIGATION)” above, select the angle using C/X/x/c and press ENTER. 1 4 7 2 5 8 3 6 9 44 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the Playing Time and Remaining Time You can check the playing time and remaining time of the current title, chapter, or track. Also, you can check the DVD/CD text or track name (MP3 audio) recorded on the disc. 1 Press TIME/TEXT during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly to change the time information. The display and the kinds of time that you can change depend on the disc you are playing. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD- RW • T **:**:** Playing time of the current title • T–**:**:** Remaining time of the current title • C **:**:** Playing time of the current chapter • C–**:**:** Remaining time of the current chapter ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (with PBC functions) • **:** Playing time of the current scene ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD • T **:** Playing time of the current track • T–**:** Remaining time of the current track • D **:** Playing time of the current disc • D–**:** Remaining time of the current disc ◆ When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) • ****:** Playing time of the current track To check the DVD/CD text or track and album names (MP3 audio) Press TIME/TEXT repeatedly in Step 2 to display text recorded on the DVD VIDEO/ CD/DATA CD. The DVD/CD text appears only when text is recorded in the disc. You cannot change the text. If the disc does not contain text, “NO TEXT” appears. For DATA CDs, the track and album names of the MP3 audio track appears (page 47). TIME/TEXT PLAY T 1:01:57 Time information BRAHMS SYMPHONY 45 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the information on the front panel display You can view the time information and text displayed on the TV screen also on the front panel display. The information on the front panel display changes as follows when you change the time information on your TV screen. When playing a DVD VIDEO or DVD-RW When playing a DATA CD (MP3 audio) When playing a VIDEO CD (without PBC functions) or CD z Hints • When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, the scene number and the playing time are displayed. • Long text that does not fit in a single line will scroll across the front panel display. • You can also check the time information and text using the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • Depending on the type of disc being played, the DVD/CD text or track name may not be displayed. • The player can only display the first level of the DVD/CD text, such as the disc name or title. • Playing time of MP3 audio tracks may not be displayed correctly. TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Title playing time and the current title and chapter number Remaining time of the current title Playing time and number of the current chapter Remaining time of the current chapter Text TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track name Playing time and number of the current track and album TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC Track playing time and the current track and index number Remaining time of the current track Remaining time of the disc Text Playing time of the disc www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-11 46 Checking the Play Information You can check information such as the bit rate or the disc layer that is being played. Checking the play information of a DVD (ADVANCED) 1 Press DISPLAY during playback. The Control Menu is displayed. 2 Press X/x to select (ADVANCED), then press ENTER. The options for “ADVANCED” appear. 3 Press X/x to select items. For each item, please refer to “Displays of each item.” • BIT RATE: displays the bit rate. • LAYER: displays the layer and the pick-up point. 4 Press ENTER. To close the ADVANCED window Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Displays of each item By pressing DISPLAY repeatedly, you can display either “BIT RATE” or “LAYER,” whichever was selected in “ADVANCED.” ◆BIT RATE Bit rate refers to the amount of video/audio data per second in a disc. While playing a disc, an approximate bit rate of the playback picture is displayed as Mbps (Mega bit per second) and the audio as kbps (kilo bit per second). The higher the bit rate, the larger the amount of data. However, this does not always mean that you can get higher quality pictures or sounds. ◆LAYER Indicates the approximate point where the disc is playing. If it is a dual-layer DVD, the player indicates which layer is being read (“Layer 0” or “Layer 1”). For details on the layers, see page 73 (DVD VIDEO). ENTER X/x DISPLAY TIME/TEXT 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 BIT RATE DVD VIDEO BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 OFF BIT RATE LAYER PLAY BIT RATE 0 5 10 kbps Mbps 384 Audio Video Appears when the DVD has dual layers 47 Viewing Information About the Disc Checking the play information of a DATA CD By pressing TIME/TEXT while playing MP3 audio tracks on a DATA CD, you can display the audio bit rate (the amount of data per second of the current audio). PLAY T 17:30 128k JAZZ RIVER SIDE Bit rate Album name Track name 48 Sound Adjustments Changing the Sound When playing a DVD VIDEO recorded in multiple audio formats (PCM, Dolby Digital, or DTS), you can change the audio format. If the DVD VIDEO is recorded with multilingual tracks, you can also change the language. With CDs, DATA CDs, or VIDEO CDs, you can select the sound from the right or left channel and listen to the sound of the selected channel through both the right and left speakers. For example, when playing a disc containing a song with the vocals on the right channel and the instruments on the left channel, you can hear the instruments from both speakers by selecting the left channel. 1 Press AUDIO during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press AUDIO repeatedly to select the desired audio signal. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 76 to see which language the code represents. When the same language is displayed two or more times, the DVD VIDEO is recorded in multiple audio formats. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW The types of sound tracks recorded on a disc are displayed. The default setting is underlined. Example: • 1: MAIN (main sound) • 1: SUB (sub sound) • 1: MAIN+SUB (main and sub sound) ◆ When playing a VIDEO CD, CD, or DATA CD (MP3 audio) The default setting is underlined. • STEREO: The standard stereo sound • 1/L: The sound of the left channel (monaural) • 2/R: The sound of the right channel (monaural) z Hint You can also select “AUDIO” from the Control Menu (page 12). Displaying the audio information of the disc Press DISPLAY during playback to display the Control Menu. Select “AUDIO” using X/ x. The channels being played are displayed on the screen. For example, in Dolby Digital format, multiple signals ranging from monaural to 5.1 channel signals can be recorded on a DVD VIDEO. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the number of the recorded channels may differ. AUDIO DISPLAY X/x 1:ENGLISH 49 Sound Adjustments *“PCM,” “DTS,” or “DOLBY DIGITAL” is displayed. In the case of “DOLBY DIGITAL,” the channels in the playing track are displayed by numbers as follows: For Dolby Digital 5.1 ch: **The letters in the program format display mean the following sound component: L: Front (left) R: Front (right) C: Center LS: Rear (left) RS: Rear (right) S: Rear (monaural): The rear component of the Dolby Surround processed signal and the Dolby Digital signal LFE: Low Frequency Effect signal z Hint For Dolby Digital and DTS, “LFE” is always enclosed in a solid line regardless of the LFE signal component being output. Note If “DTS” is set to “OFF” in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69) the DTS track selection option will not appear on the screen even if the disc contains DTS tracks. TV Virtual Surround Settings (TVS) When you connect a stereo TV or 2 front speakers, TVS (TV Virtual Surround) lets you enjoy surround sound effects by using sound imaging to create virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L: left, R: right) without using actual rear speakers. TVS was developed by Sony to produce surround sound for home use using just a stereo TV. This function is designed to work with the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks. Note that if you select one of the TVS settings, the player does not output Dolby Digital signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. (when you set “DOLBY DIGITAL” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “D-PCM”) (page 69) 1 Press SUR during playback. The following display appears. DVD VIDEO 1: ENGLISH 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 L R C DOLBY DIGITAL 3/2.1 PROGRAM FORMAT LFE LS RS PLAY Current audio format* Currently playing program format** DOLBY DIGITAL 3 / 2.1 LFE (Low Frequency Effect) component 1 Rear component 2 Front component 2+ Center component 1 SUR TVS DYNAMIC ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-12 50 2 Press SUR repeatedly to select one of the TVS sounds. Refer to the following explanations given for each item. • TVS DYNAMIC • TVS WIDE • TVS NIGHT • TVS STANDARD To cancel the setting Select “OFF” in Step 2. ◆TVS DYNAMIC Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers (shown below). This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS WIDE Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. This mode is effective when the distance between the front L and R speakers is short, such as with built-in speakers on a stereo TV. ◆TVS NIGHT Large sounds, such as explosions, are suppressed, but the quieter sounds are unaffected. This feature is useful when you want to hear the dialog and enjoy the surround sound effects of “TVS WIDE” at low volume. ◆TVS STANDARD Creates virtual rear speakers from the sound of the front speakers (L, R) without using actual rear speakers. The virtual speakers are reproduced as shown in the illustration below. Use this setting when you want to use TVS with 2 separate speakers. z Hints • You can select “TVS” by pressing the SURROUND button on the player. • You can also select “TVS” from the Control Menu (page 12). Notes • When the playing signal does not contain a signal for the rear speakers, the surround effects cannot be heard. • When you select one of the TVS modes, turn off the surround setting of the connected TV or amplifier (receiver). • Make sure that your listening position is between and at an equal distance from your speakers, and that the speakers are located in similar surroundings. • “TVS NIGHT” only works with Dolby Digital discs. However, not all discs will respond to the “TVS NIGHT” function in the same way. • If you use the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack and set “DOLBY DIGITAL” to “DOLBY DIGITAL” or “DTS” to “ON” in “AUDIO SETUP,” sound will come from your speakers but it will not have the TVS effect. TV TV L: Front speaker (left) R: Front speaker (right) : Virtual speaker L R 51 Enjoying Movies Enjoying Movies Changing the Angles If various angles (multi-angles) for a scene are recorded on the DVD VIDEO, “ANGLE” appears in the front panel display. This means that you can change the viewing angle. 1 Press ANGLE during playback. The number of the angle appears on the display. 2 Press ANGLE repeatedly to select the angle number. The scene changes to the selected angle. z Hints • You can display all the angles recorded on the disc on the same screen, and start playback directly from the chosen angle. The angles are displayed on a screen divided into 9 sections (page 42). • You can also select “ANGLE” from the Control Menu (page 12). Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the angles even if multi-angles are recorded on the DVD VIDEO. Displaying the Subtitles If subtitles are recorded on the discs, you can change the subtitles or turn them on and off whenever you want while playing a DVD. 1 Press SUBTITLE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press SUBTITLE repeatedly to select the setting. ◆ When playing a DVD VIDEO Select the language. Depending on the DVD VIDEO, the choice of language varies. When 4 digits are displayed, they indicate a language code. Refer to “Language Code List” on page 76 to see which language the code represents. ◆ When playing a DVD-RW Select “ON.” To turn off the subtitles Select “OFF” in Step 2. z Hint You can also select “SUBTITLE” from the Control Menu (page 12). ANGLE 2 SUBTITLE 1:ENGLISH ,continued 52 Note Depending on the DVD VIDEO, you may not be able to change the subtitles even if multilingual subtitles are recorded on it. You also may not be able to turn them off. Adjusting the Picture Quality (BNR) The Block Noise Reduction (BNR) function adjusts the picture quality by reducing the “block noise” or mosaic like patterns that appear on your TV screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (BNR), then press ENTER. The options for “BNR” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: reduces the “block noise.” • 2: reduces the “block noise” more than 1. • 3: reduces the “block noise” more than 2. ENTER DISPLAY X/x OFF 1 2 3 DVD VIDEO OFF 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PLAY 53 Enjoying Movies 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “BNR” setting Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Notes • If the outlines of the images on your screen should become blurred, set “BNR” to “OFF.” • Depending on the disc or the scene being played, the “BNR” effect may be hard to discern. Adjusting the Playback Picture (CUSTOM PICTURE MODE) You can adjust the video signal of the DVD or VIDEO CD from the player to obtain the picture quality you want. Choose the setting that best suits the program you are watching. When you select “MEMORY,” you can make further adjustments to each element of the picture (color, brightness, etc.). 1 Press PICTURE MODE during playback. The following display appears. 2 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select the setting you want. The default setting is underlined. • STANDARD: displays a standard picture. • DYNAMIC 1: produces a bold dynamic picture by increasing the picture contrast and the color intensity. • DYNAMIC 2: produces a more dynamic picture than DYNAMIC 1 by further increasing the picture contrast and the color intensity. ENTER PICTURE MODE O RETURN C/X/x/c DYNAMIC 1 ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-13 54 • CINEMA 1: enhances details in dark areas by increasing the black level. • CINEMA 2: White colors become brighter and black colors become richer, and the color contrast is increased. • MEMORY: adjusts the picture in greater detail. z Hints • When you watch a movie, “CINEMA 1” or “CINEMA 2” is recommended. • The picture can be adjusted by pressing the PICTURE MODE button on the player as well. • You can also select “CUSTOM PICTURE MODE” from the Control Menu (page 12). Adjusting the picture items in “MEMORY” You can adjust each element of the picture individually. • PICTURE: changes the contrast • BRIGHTNESS: changes the overall brightness • COLOR: makes the colors deeper or lighter • HUE: changes the color balance 1 Press PICTURE MODE repeatedly to select “MEMORY” and press ENTER. The “PICTURE” adjustment bar appears. 2 Press C/c to adjust the picture contrast, then press ENTER. The adjustment is saved, and “BRIGHTNESS” adjustment bar appears. 3 Repeat Step 2 to adjust “BRIGHTNESS,” “COLOR,” and “HUE.” The Custom Picture Mode display appears. You can check each adjustment. To turn off the display Press O RETURN , or select “RETURN” in Step 3 and press ENTER. z Hints • To reset the picture items to the default values, press c after Step 3 to select “RESET” and press ENTER. • When “PLAYBACK MEMORY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” the player will save a single setting for up to 40 individual discs. (This does not apply to DVD-RWs in VR mode.) • If you do not want to save the adjustment in Step 2, you can go to the next picture item by pressing X/x without saving. 8 ( 3 ) C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE 0 Cancel : Select : ENTER RETURN C 0 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PICTURE BRIGHTNESS COLOR HUE RESET +1 –3 +3 –1 RETURN 55 Enjoying Movies Enhancing the Playback Picture (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER) The Digital Video Enhancer (DVE) function makes the picture appear clear and crisp by enhancing the outlines of images on your TV screen. Also, this function can soften the images on the screen. 1 Press DISPLAY twice during playback. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER), then press ENTER. The options for “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” appear. 3 Press X/x to select a level. • 1: enhances the outline. • 2: enhances the outline more than 1. • 3: enhances the outline more than 2. • SOFT: softens the image (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only). 4 Press ENTER. The disc plays with the setting you selected. To cancel the “DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER” setting Select “OFF” in Step 3. To turn off the Control Menu Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the Control Menu is turned off. Note Depending on the disc or the scene being played, noise found in the disc may become more apparent. If this happens, it is recommended that you use the BNR function (page 52) with the DVE function. If the condition still does not improve, reduce the Digital Video Enhancer level, or select “SOFT” (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) in Step 3 above. ENTER DISPLAY X/x 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 DVD VIDEO OFF 3 2 1 OFF SOFT PLAY 56 Using Various Additional Functions Locking Discs (CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL, PARENTAL CONTROL) You can set two kinds of playback restrictions for the desired disc. • Custom Parental Control You can set playback restrictions so that the player will not play inappropriate discs. • Parental Control Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. Scenes may be blocked or replaced with different scenes. The same password is used for both Parental Control and Custom Parental Control. Custom Parental Control You can set the same Custom Parental Control password for up to 40 discs. When you set the 41st-disc, the first disc is canceled. 1 Insert the disc you want to lock. If the disc is playing, press x to stop playback. 2 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 3 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 4 Press X/x to select “ON t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 5 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. “Custom parental control is set.” appears and then the screen returns to the Control Menu. X/x Number buttons ENTER DISPLAY x OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 STOP PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER 57 Using Various Additional Functions To turn off the Custom Parental Control function 1 Follow Steps 1 through 3 of “Custom Parental Control.” 2 Press X/x to select “OFF t,” then press ENTER. 3 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. To play a disc for which Custom Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc for which Custom Parental Control is set. The “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player is ready for playback. z Hint If you forget your password, enter the 6-digit number “199703” using the number buttons when the “CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL” display asks you for your password, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. Parental Control (limited playback) Playback of some DVD VIDEOs can be limited according to a predetermined level such as the age of the users. The “PARENTAL CONTROL” function allows you to set a playback limitation level. 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PLAYER t,” then press ENTER. ◆ If you have not entered a password The display for registering a new password appears. Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for confirming the password appears. CUSTOM PARENTAL CONTROL Custom parental control is already set. To play, enter your password and press . ENTER Number buttons X/x ENTER DISPLAY H OFF PASSWORD PLAYER ON DVD VIDEO STOP 1 8 ( 3 4 ) 1 2 ( 2 7 ) T 1 : 3 2 : 5 5 PARENTAL CONTROL Enter a new 4-digit password, then press . ENTER ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-14 58 ◆ When you have already registered a password The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter or re-enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display for setting the playback limitation level appears. 5 Press X/x to select “STANDARD,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “STANDARD” are displayed. 6 Press X/x to select a geographic area as the playback limitation level, then press ENTER. The area is selected. When you select “OTHERS t,” select and enter a standard code in the table on page 59 using the number buttons. 7 Press X/x to select “LEVEL,” then press ENTER. The selection items for “LEVEL” are displayed. 8 Select the level you want using X/x, then press ENTER. Parental Control setting is complete. The lower the value, the stricter the limitation. To turn off the Parental Control function Set “LEVEL” to “OFF” in Step 8. To play a disc for which Parental Control is set 1 Insert the disc and press H. The display for entering your password appears. 2 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The player starts playback. z Hint If you forget your password, remove the disc and repeat Steps 1 to 3 of “Parental Control (limited playback).” When you are asked to enter your password, enter “199703” using the number buttons, then press ENTER. The display will ask you to enter a new 4-digit password. After you enter a new 4-digit password, replace the disc in the player and press H. When the display for entering your password appears, enter your new password. Notes • When you play discs which do not have the Parental Control function, playback cannot be limited on this player. • Depending on the disc, you may be asked to change the parental control level while playing PARENTAL CONTROL Enter password, then press . ENTER PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF USA STANDARD: USA OTHERS PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: OFF OFF STANDARD: 8: 7: 6: 5: NC17 R PARENTAL CONTROL LEVEL: STANDARD: USA 4: PG13 59 Using Various Additional Functions the disc. In this case, enter your password, then change the level. If the Resume Play mode is canceled, the level returns to the original level. Area Code Changing the password 1 Press DISPLAY while the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (PARENTAL CONTROL), then press ENTER. The options for “PARENTAL CONTROL” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “PASSWORD t,” then press ENTER. The display for entering the password appears. 4 Enter your 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 5 Enter a new 4-digit password using the number buttons, then press ENTER. 6 To confirm your password, re-enter it using the number buttons, then press ENTER. If you make a mistake entering your password Press C before you press ENTER and input the correct number. If you make a mistake Press O RETURN. To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. Standard Code number Argentina 2044 Australia 2047 Austria 2046 Belgium 2057 Brazil 2070 Canada 2079 Chile 2090 China 2092 Denmark 2115 Finland 2165 France 2174 Germany 2109 India 2248 Indonesia 2238 Italy 2254 Japan 2276 Korea 2304 Malaysia 2363 Mexico 2362 Netherlands 2376 New Zealand 2390 Norway 2379 Pakistan 2427 Philippines 2424 Portugal 2436 Russia 2489 Singapore 2501 Spain 2149 Sweden 2499 Switzerland 2086 Thailand 2528 United Kingdom 2184 60 Operation Sound Effects (Sound Feedback) The player beeps when the following operations are performed. The default setting of the Sound Feedback function is set to off. Setting Sound Feedback 1 Press [/1 on the player or the remote. The power indicator lights up in green. When there is a disc in the player, press A and remove the disc. Then press A again to close the disc tray. 2 Press and hold X on the player for more than two seconds. You will hear one beep and the Sound Feedback function is turned on. To turn off the Sound Feedback function When there is no disc in the player, press and hold X on the player for more than two seconds. You will hear two beeps and the Sound Feedback function is turned off. Operation Operation sound Power is turned on One beep Power is turned off Two beeps H is pressed One beep X is pressed Two beeps Playback is stopped One long beep Operation is not possible Three beeps [/1 Power indicator A X [/1 61 Using Various Additional Functions Controlling Your TV or AV Amplifier (Receiver) with the Supplied Remote By adjusting the remote signal, you can control your TV with the supplied remote. If you connect the player with an AV amplifier (receiver), you can control the volume with the supplied remote. Notes • Depending on the unit being connected, you may not be able to control your TV or AV amplifier (receiver) using some of the buttons below. • If you enter a new code number, the code number previously entered will be erased. • When you replace the batteries of the remote, the code number you have set may be reset to the default setting. Set the appropriate code number again. Controlling TVs with the remote 1 Hold down TV [/1, and enter your TV’s manufacturer’s code (see “Code numbers of controllable TVs” below) using the number buttons. 2 Release TV [/1. The remote is set to perform the following: * Once you set a code number for your AV amplifier (receiver), the VOL +/– buttons on the remote control the AV amplifier’s volume only. If you would rather control the TV’s volume, set the code number to “90” (default) to control the TV’s volume again (page 62). Code numbers of controllable TVs If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your TV. TV [/1 Turns the TV on or off VOL +/–* Adjusts the volume of the TV WIDE MODE Switches to or from the wide mode of a SONY’s wide TV TV/VIDEO Switches the TV’s input source between the TV and other input sources TV [/1 VOL +/– WIDE MODE TV/VIDEO Number buttons Manufacturer Code number Sony (default) 01 Akai 04 AOC 04 Centurion 12 Coronado 03 Curtis-Mathes 12 Daytron 12 Emerson 03,04, 14 Fisher 11 General Electric 06,10 Gold Star 03,04, 17 Hitachi 02,03 J.C.Penney 04,12 JVC 09 KMC 03 Magnavox 03,08, 12 Marantz 04,13 MGA/ Mitsubishi 04,12, 13,17 NEC 04,12 Panasonic 06,19 Philco 03,04 Philips 08,21 Pioneer 16 Portland 03 Proscan 10 Quasar 06,18 Radio Shack 05,14 RCA 04,10 Sampo 12 Samsung 03,12, 20 Sanyo 11,14 Scott 12 Sears 07,10, 11 Sharp 03,05, 18 Sylvania 08,12 Teknika 03,08, 14 Toshiba 07 Wards 03,04, 12 Yorx 12 Zenith 15 Manufacturer Code number ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-15 62 Controlling the volume of your AV amplifier (receiver) with the remote 1 Hold down [/1, and enter your AV amplifier (receiver)’s manufacturer’s code (see the table below) using the number buttons. 2 Release [/1. You can control the volume of the AV amplifier (receiver) using VOL +/–. Code numbers of controllable AV amplifiers (receivers) If more than one code number is listed, try entering them one at a time until you find the one that works with your AV amplifier (receiver). If you would rather control the volume of your TV Repeat Steps 1 and 2 above and enter the code number 90 (default). Manufacturer Code number Sony 80, 88, 89, 91 Denon 84, 85, 86 Kenwood 92, 93 Onkyo 81, 82, 83 Pioneer 99 Sansui 87 Technics 97, 98 Yamaha 94, 95, 96 Number buttons [/1 VOL +/– 63 Settings and Adjustments Settings and Adjustments Using the Setup Display By using the Setup Display, you can make various adjustments to items such as picture and sound. You can also set a language for the subtitles and the Setup Display, among other things. For details on each Setup Display item, see pages from 64 to 69. Note Playback settings stored in the disc take priority over the Setup Display settings and not all the functions described may work. 1 Press DISPLAY when the player is in stop mode. The Control Menu appears. 2 Press X/x to select (SETUP), then press ENTER. The options for “SETUP” appear. 3 Press X/x to select “CUSTOM,” then press ENTER. The Setup Display appears. 4 Press X/x to select the setup item from the displayed list: “LANGUAGE SETUP,” “SCREEN SETUP,” “CUSTOM SETUP,” or “AUDIO SETUP.” Then press ENTER. The Setup item is selected. Example: “SCREEN SETUP” 5 Select an item using X/x, then press ENTER. The options for the selected item appear. Example: “TV TYPE” X/x ENTER DISPLAY ( 47 ) : : QUICK CUSTOM RESET DVD VIDEO STOP QUICK LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO INTERLACE Selected item Setup items SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX 4:3 PAN SCAN COMPONENT OUT: 16:9 MODE: AUTO 4:3 LETTER BOX Options ,continued 64 6 Select a setting using X/x, then press ENTER. The setting is selected and setup is complete. Example: “16:9” To turn off the display Press DISPLAY repeatedly until the display is turned off. To enter the Quick Setup mode Select “QUICK” in Step 3. Follow from Step 5 of the Quick Setup explanation to make basic adjustments (page 25). To reset all of the “SETUP” settings 1 Select “RESET” in Step 3 and press ENTER. 2 Select “YES” using X/x. You can also quit the process and return to the Control Menu by selecting “NO” here. 3 Press ENTER. All the settings explained on pages 64 to 69 return to the default settings. Do not press [/1 while resetting the player as it takes a few seconds to complete. Setting the Display or Sound Track Language (LANGUAGE SETUP) “LANGUAGE SETUP” allows you to set various languages for the on-screen display or sound track. Select “LANGUAGE SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 63). ◆OSD (On-Screen Display) Switches the display language on the screen. ◆MENU (DVD VIDEO only) You can select the desired language for the disc’s menu. ◆AUDIO (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the sound track. When you select “ORIGINAL,” the language given priority in the disc is selected. ◆SUBTITLE (DVD VIDEO only) Switches the language of the subtitle recorded on the DVD VIDEO. When you select “AUDIO FOLLOW,” the language for the subtitles changes according to the language you selected for the sound track. z Hint If you select “OTHERS t” in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” and “AUDIO,” select and enter a language code from “Language Code List” on page 76 using the number buttons. Note When you select a language in “MENU,” “SUBTITLE,” or “AUDIO” that is not recorded on the DVD VIDEO, one of the recorded languages will be automatically selected. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 16:9 ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: MODE: AUTO INTERLACE Selected setting LANGUAGE SETUP OSD: MENU: AUDIO: SUBTITLE: ENGLISH ENGLISH ORIGINAL ENGLISH 65 Settings and Adjustments Settings for the Display (SCREEN SETUP) Choose settings according to the TV to be connected. Select “SCREEN SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 63). The default settings are underlined. ◆ TV TYPE Selects the aspect ratio of the connected TV (4:3 standard or wide). Note Depending on the DVD, “4:3 LETTER BOX” may be selected automatically instead of “4:3 PAN SCAN” or vice versa. ◆ SCREEN SAVER The screen saver image appears when you leave the player in pause or stop mode for 15 minutes, or when you play back a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio) for more than 15 minutes. The screen saver will help prevent your display device from becoming damaged (ghosting). Press H to turn off the screen saver. ◆ BACKGROUND Selects the background color or picture on the TV screen in stop mode or while playing a CD or DATA CD (MP3 audio). ◆ COMPONENT OUT This will change the type of signal output from the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks on the player. See page 73 for more information about the different types. 4:3 LETTER BOX Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Displays a wide picture with bands on the upper and lower portions of the screen. 4:3 PAN SCAN Select this when you connect a 4:3 screen TV. Automatically displays the wide picture on the entire screen and cuts off the portions that do not fit. 16:9 Select this when you connect a wide-screen TV or a TV with a wide mode function. SCREEN SETUP TV TYPE: SCREEN SAVER: BACKGROUND: 4:3 LETTER BOX ON JACKET PICTURE COMPONENT OUT: INTERLACE MODE: AUTO 4:3 PAN SCAN 4:3 LETTER BOX 16:9 ON Turns on the screen saver. OFF Turns off the screen saver. JACKET PICTURE The jacket picture (still picture) appears, but only when the jacket picture is already recorded on the disc (CD- EXTRA, etc.). If the disc does not contain a jacket picture, the “GRAPHICS” picture appears. GRAPHICS A preset picture stored in the player appears. BLUE The background color is blue. BLACK The background color is black. INTERLACE Select this when you are connected to a standard (interlace format) TV. PROGRESSIVE Select this when you have a TV that can accept progressive signals. ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-16 66 z Hint When the player outputs progressive signals, the PROGRESSIVE indicator lights up. Note If you select “PROGRESSIVE” when you connect the player to a TV that cannot accept the signal in progressive format (480p), the image quality will deteriorate. In this case, set the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch on the back panel of the player to INTERLACE. Then set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE” when you can see the TV screen correctly, and reset the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch to SELECTABLE. When “PROGRESSIVE” is selected in “COMPONENT OUT” You can fine-tune the Progressive (480p) video signal output when you select “PROGRESSIVE” in “COMPONENT OUT” of the “SCREEN SETUP” display and connect the player to the TV that is able to accept the video signal in progressive format (480p). ◆ MODE (Conversion Modes) DVD software can be divided into two types: film based software and video based software. Video based software is derived from TV, such as dramas and sit-coms, and displays images at 30 frames/60 fields per second. Film based software is derived from film and displays images at 24 frames per second. Some DVD software contains both Video and Film. In order for these images to appear natural on your screen when output in PROGRESSIVE mode (60 frames per second), the progressive video signal needs to be converted to match the type of DVD software that you are watching. Note When you play video based software with progressive signals, sections of some types of images may appear unnatural due to the conversion process when output through the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT jacks. Images from the S VIDEO OUT 1/2 and LINE OUT (VIDEO) 1/2 jacks are unaffected as they are output in the interlace format. AUTO This will automatically detect if you are playing Film based or Video based software and convert the signal to the appropriate conversion mode. Normally select this position. VIDEO This will set the conversion mode for Video based software, regardless of the type of software that you are playing. 67 Settings and Adjustments Custom Settings (CUSTOM SETUP) Use this to set up playback related and other settings. Select “CUSTOM SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 63). The default settings are underlined. ◆ AUTO POWER OFF Switches the Auto Power Off setting on or off. ◆ AUTO PLAY Switches the Auto Play setting on or off. This function is useful when the player is connected to a timer (not supplied). ◆ DIMMER Adjusts the lighting of the front panel display. ◆ PAUSE MODE (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the picture in pause mode. ◆ PLAYBACK MEMORY (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) The player can store the “SUBTITLE” and other settings of each disc for up to 40 discs (Playback Memory). Set this function “ON” or “OFF.” The following settings are stored in memory. – ANGLE (page 51)* – AUDIO (page 48)* – BNR (page 52) – DIGITAL VIDEO ENHANCER (page 55) – SUBTITLE (page 51)* – CUSTOM PICTURE MODE (page 53) * DVD VIDEO only Note The player can store the settings of up to 40 discs. When you store the setting of disc number 41, the first disc setting is canceled. ◆ TRACK SELECTION (DVD VIDEO only) Gives the sound track which contains the highest number of channels priority when you play a DVD VIDEO on which multiple audio formats (PCM, DTS, or Dolby Digital format) are recorded. OFF Switches this function off. ON The player enters standby mode when left in stop mode for more than 30 minutes. OFF Switches this function off. ON Automatically starts playback when the player is turned on. BRIGHT Makes the lighting bright. DARK Makes the lighting dark. OFF Turns off the lighting. CUSTOM SETUP AUTO POWER OFF: AUTO PLAY: DIMMER: OFF OFF BRIGHT AUTO PAUSE MODE: OFF TRACK SELECTION: ON PLAYBACK MEMORY: ON MULTI-DISC RESUME: AUTO The picture, including subjects that move dynamically, is output with no jitter. Normally select this position. FRAME The picture, including subjects that do not move dynamically, is output in high resolution. ON Stores the settings in memory when you eject the disc. OFF Does not store the settings in memory. OFF No priority given. AUTO Priority given. ,continued 69 Settings and Adjustments ◆ DOWNMIX (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Switches the method for mixing down to 2 channels when you play a DVD which has rear sound elements (channels) or is recorded in Dolby Digital format. For details on the rear signal components, see “Displaying the audio information of the disc” (page 48). This function affects the output of the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 69). ◆ DIGITAL OUT Selects if audio signals are output via the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack. Setting the digital output signal Switches the method of outputting audio signals when you connect a component such as an amplifier (receiver) or MD deck with a digital input jack. For connection details, see page 20. Select “DOLBY DIGITAL” and “DTS” after setting “DIGITAL OUT” to “ON.” If you connect a component that does not conform to the selected audio signal, a loud noise (or no sound) will come out from the speakers, affecting your ears or causing the speakers to be damaged. ◆ DOLBY DIGITAL (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Selects the type of Dolby Digital signal. ◆ DTS (DVD VIDEO only) Selects whether or not to output DTS signals. Note If you select one of the TVS settings while playing a DVD VIDEO, the player does not output Dolby Digital signals from the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack (when you set “DOLBY DIGITAL” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “D-PCM”) (page 69). DOLBY SUR- ROUND Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that conforms to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). NORMAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component that does not conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic). ON Normally select this position. When you select “ON,” see “Setting the digital output signal” for further settings. OFF The influence of the digital circuit upon the analog circuit is minimal. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DOLBY DIGITAL: DTS: OFF STANDARD DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND D-PCM OFF DIGITAL OUT: ON D-PCM Select this when the player is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. You can select whether the signals conform to Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) or not by making adjustments to the “DOWNMIX” item in “AUDIO SETUP” (page 69). DOLBY DIGITAL Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in Dolby Digital decoder. OFF Select this when the player is connected to an audio component lacking a built-in DTS decoder. ON Select this when the player is connected to an audio component with a built-in DTS decoder. 68 Notes • When you set the item to “AUTO,” the language may change. The “TRACK SELECTION” setting has higher priority than the “AUDIO” settings in “LANGUAGE SETUP” (page 64). • If you set “DTS” to “OFF” (page 69), the DTS sound track is not played even if you set “TRACK SELECTION” to “AUTO.” • If PCM, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks have the same number of channels, the player selects PCM, DTS, and Dolby Digital sound tracks in this order. ◆ MULTI-DISC RESUME (DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD only) Switches the Multi-disc Resume setting on or off. Resume playback point can be stored in memory for up to 40 different DVD VIDEO/ VIDEO CD discs (page 31). Settings for the Sound (AUDIO SETUP) “AUDIO SETUP” allows you to set the sound according to the playback and connection conditions. Select “AUDIO SETUP” in the Setup Display. To use the display, see “Using the Setup Display” (page 63). The default settings are underlined. ◆AUDIO ATT (attenuation) If the playback sound is distorted, set this item to “ON.” The player reduces the audio output level. This function affects the output of the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks. ◆AUDIO DRC (Dynamic Range Control) (DVD VIDEO/DVD-RW only) Makes the sound clear when the volume is turned down when playing a DVD that conforms to “AUDIO DRC.” This affects the output from the following jacks: – LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks – DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack only when “DOLBY DIGITAL” is set to “D-PCM” (page 69). ON Stores the resume settings in memory for up to 40 discs (The settings remain in memory even if you select OFF.) OFF Does not store the resume settings in memory. Playback restarts at the resume point only for the current disc in the player. OFF Normally, select this position. ON Select this when the playback sound from the speakers is distorted. STANDARD Normally select this position. TV MODE Makes the low sounds clear even if you turn the volume down. WIDE RANGE Gives you the feeling of being at a live performance. AUDIO SETUP AUDIO ATT: AUDIO DRC: DIGITAL OUT: OFF STANDARD ON DOWNMIX: DOLBY SURROUND DOLBY DIGITAL: DTS: D-PCM OFF www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-17 70 Additional Information Troubleshooting If you experience any of the following difficulties while using the player, use this troubleshooting guide to help remedy the problem before requesting repairs. Should any problem persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer. Power The power is not turned on. , Check that the AC power cord is connected securely. Picture There is no picture/picture noise appears. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cords are damaged. , Check the connection to your TV (page 18) and switch the input selector on your TV so that the signal from the player appears on the TV screen. , The disc is dirty or flawed. , If the picture output from your player goes through your VCR to get to your TV or if you are connected to a combination TV/ VIDEO player, the copy-protection signal applied to some DVD programs could affect picture quality. If you still experience problems even when you connect your player directly to your TV, please try connecting your player to your TV’s S VIDEO input (page 18). , You have set “COMPONENT OUT” in “SCREEN SETUP” to “PROGRESSIVE” even though your TV cannot accept the signal in progressive format. In this case, set the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/SCAN SELECT switch on the back panel of the player to INTERLACE. Then set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE” after you can see the TV screen correctly, and reset the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT/ SCAN SELECT switch to SELECTABLE. , Even if your TV is compatible with progressive format (480p) signals, the image may be affected when you set “COMPONENT OUT” to “PROGRESSIVE.” In this case, set “COMPONENT OUT” to “INTERLACE.” Even though you set the aspect ratio in “TV TYPE” of “SCREEN SETUP,” the picture does not fill the screen. , The aspect ratio of the disc is fixed on your DVD. Sound There is no sound. , Re-connect the connecting cord securely. , The connecting cord is damaged. , The player is connected to the wrong input jack on the amplifier (receiver) (page 22, 23, 24). , The amplifier (receiver) input is not correctly set. , The player is in pause mode or in Slow- motion Play mode. , The player is in fast forward or fast reverse mode. , If the audio signal does not come through the DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack, check the audio settings (page 69). Sound is noisy. , When playing a CD with DTS sound tracks, noise will come from the LINE OUT L/R (AUDIO) 1/2 jacks or DIGITAL OUT (OPTICAL or COAXIAL) jack (page 28). Sound distortion occurs. , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “ON” (page 68). The sound volume is low. , The sound volume is low on some DVDs. The sound volume may improve if you set “AUDIO DRC” to “TV MODE” (page 68). , Set “AUDIO ATT” in “AUDIO SETUP” to “OFF” (page 68). 71 Additional Information Operation The remote does not function. , There are obstacles between the remote and the player. , The distance between the remote and the player is too far. , The remote is not pointed at the remote sensor on the player. , The batteries in the remote are weak. The disc does not play. , The disc is turned over. Insert the disc with the playback side facing down on the disc tray. , The disc is skewed. , The player cannot play certain discs (page 6). , The region code on the DVD does not match the player. , Moisture has condensed inside the player (page 3). , The player cannot play DVD-Rs, DVD- RWs, CD-Rs, or CD-RWs that are not finalized (page 6). The MP3 audio track cannot be played (page 35). , The DATA CD is not recorded in the MP3 format that conforms to ISO9660 Level 1/ Level 2 or Joliet. , The MP3 audio track does not have the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not formatted in MP3 even though it has the extension “.MP3.” , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. , The player cannot play audio tracks in MP3PRO format. The DVD-RW cannot be played. , The player may not be able to play discs containing recorded images with a copy protection signal (CPRM protection) (page 6). Images taken from digital broadcasts, etc., contain copy protection signals, such as complete copy protection signals, single copy signals, and restriction-free signals. The title of the MP3 audio album or track is not correctly displayed. , The player can only display numbers and alphabet. Other characters are displayed as “*.” The disc does not start playing from the beginning. , Program Play, Shuffle Play, Repeat Play, or A-B Repeat Play has been selected (page 36). , Resume play has taken effect (page 31). The player starts playing the disc automatically. , The disc features an auto playback function. , “AUTO PLAY” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “ON” (page 67). Playback stops automatically. , While playing discs with an auto pause signal, the player stops playback at the auto pause signal. You cannot perform some functions such as Stop, Search, Slow-motion Play, Repeat Play, Shuffle Play, or Program Play. , Depending on the disc, you may not be able to do some of the operations above. See the operating manual that comes with the disc. The language for the sound track cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multilingual tracks are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the language for the sound track. The subtitle language cannot be changed or turned off. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multilingual subtitles are not recorded on the DVD being played. , The DVD prohibits the changing of the subtitles. The angles cannot be changed. , Try using the DVD’s menu instead of the direct selection button on the remote (page 32). , Multi-angles are not recorded on the DVD being played. ,continued 72 , The angle can only be changed when the “ANGLE” indicator lights up on the front panel display (page 9). , The DVD prohibits changing of the angles. The player does not operate properly. , When static electricity, etc., causes the player to operate abnormally, unplug the player. Nothing is displayed on the front panel display. , “DIMMER” in “CUSTOM SETUP” is set to “OFF.” Set “DIMMER” to “BRIGHT” or “DARK” (page 67). 5 numbers or letters are displayed on the screen and on the front panel display. , The self-diagnosis function was activated. (See the table on page 72.) The disc tray does not open and “LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Child Lock is set (page 29). The disc tray does not open and “TRAY LOCKED” appears on the front panel display. , Contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility. “Data error” appears on the TV screen when playing a DATA CD. , The MP3 audio track you want to play is broken. , The data is not MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 data. Self-diagnosis Function (When letters/numbers appear in the display) When the self-diagnosis function is activated to prevent the player from malfunctioning, a five-character service number (e.g., C 13 50) with a combination of a letter and four digits appears on the screen and the front panel display. In this case, check the following table. First three characters of the service number Cause and/or corrective action C 13 The disc is dirty. ,Clean the disc with a soft cloth (page 7). C 31 The disc is not inserted correctly. ,Re-insert the disc correctly. E XX (xx is a number) To prevent a malfunction, the player has performed the self-diagnosis function. ,Contact your nearest Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facility and give the 5- character service number. Example: E 61 10 C:13:50 73 Additional Information Glossary Chapter (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature that are smaller than titles. A title is composed of several chapters. Depending on the disc, no chapters may be recorded. Dolby Digital (page 24, 69) Digital audio compression technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. Dolby Digital provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio found in Dolby Digital cinema audio systems. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data are recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. Dolby Surround (Pro Logic) (page 23) Audio signal processing technology that Dolby Laboratories developed for surround sound. When the input signal contains a surround component, the Pro Logic process outputs the front, center and rear signals. The rear channel is monaural. DTS (page 24, 69) Digital audio compression technology that Digital Theater Systems, Inc. developed. This technology conforms to 5.1-channel surround sound. The rear channel is stereo and there is a discrete subwoofer channel in this format. DTS provides the same 5.1 discrete channels of high quality digital audio. Good channel separation is realized because all of the channel data is recorded discretely and little deterioration is realized because all channel data processing is digital. DVD VIDEO (page 6) A disc that contains up to 8 hours of moving pictures even though its diameter is the same as a CD. The data capacity of a single-layer and single- sided DVD is 4.7 GB (Giga Byte), which is 7 times that of a CD. The data capacity of a double-layer and single-sided DVD is 8.5 GB, a single-layer and double-sided DVD is 9.4 GB, and double-layer and double-sided DVD is 17GB. The picture data uses the MPEG 2 format, one of the worldwide standards of digital compression technology. The picture data is compressed to about 1/40 (average) of its original size. The DVD also uses a variable rate coding technology that changes the data to be allocated according to the status of the picture. Audio information is recorded in a multi-channel format, such as Dolby Digital, allowing you to enjoy a more real audio presence. Furthermore, various advanced functions such as the multi-angle, multilingual, and Parental Control functions are provided with the DVD. DVD-RW (page 6) A DVD-RW is a recordable and rewritable disc with the same size as the DVD VIDEO. The DVD-RW can be recorded in two different modes: VR mode and Video mode. VR (Video Recording) mode enables various programming and editing functions, some of which are limited in the case of Video mode. Video mode complies with DVD VIDEO format and can be played on other DVD players while a DVD-RW recorded in VR mode can only be played on DVD-RW compliant players. The “DVD-RW” appearing in this manual, and the on-screen displays refer to DVD-RWs in VR mode. Film based software, Video based software (page 66) DVDs can be classified as Film based or Video based software. Film based DVDs contain the same images (24 frames per second) that are shown at movie theaters. Video based DVDs, such as television dramas or sit-coms, displays images at 30 frames (or 60 fields) per second. Index (CD)/Video Index (VIDEO CD) (page 9) A number that divides a track into sections to easily locate the point you want on a CD or VIDEO CD. Depending on the disc, no index may be recorded. ,continued www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 1-18 1-18 E 74 Interlace format (page 65) Interlace format shows every other line of an image as a single “field” and is the standard method for displaying images on television. The even number field shows the even numbered lines of an image, and the odd numbered field shows the odd numbered lines of an image. Progressive format (page 65) Compared to the Interlace format that alternately shows every other line of an image (field) to create one frame, the Progressive format shows the entire image at once as a single frame. This means that while the Interlace format can show 30 frames (60 fields) in one second, the Progressive format can show 60 frames in one second. The overall picture quality increases and still images, text, and horizontal lines appear sharper. This player is compatible with the 480 progressive format. Scene (page 9) On a VIDEO CD with PBC (playback control) functions, the menu screens, moving pictures and still pictures are divided into sections called “scenes.” Title (page 9) The longest section of a picture or music feature on a DVD, movie, etc., in video software, or the entire album in audio software. Track (page 9) Sections of a picture or a music feature on a CD or VIDEO CD (the length of a song). 76 Language Code List For details, see pages 48, 51, 64. The language spellings conform to the ISO 639: 1988 (E/F) standard. Code Language Code Language Code Language Code Language 1027 Afar 1028 Abkhazian 1032 Afrikaans 1039 Amharic 1044 Arabic 1045 Assamese 1051 Aymara 1052 Azerbaijani 1053 Bashkir 1057 Byelorussian 1059 Bulgarian 1060 Bihari 1061 Bislama 1066 Bengali; Bangla 1067 Tibetan 1070 Breton 1079 Catalan 1093 Corsican 1097 Czech 1103 Welsh 1105 Danish 1109 German 1130 Bhutani 1142 Greek 1144 English 1145 Esperanto 1149 Spanish 1150 Estonian 1151 Basque 1157 Persian 1165 Finnish 1166 Fiji 1171 Faroese 1174 French 1181 Frisian 1183 Irish 1186 Scots Gaelic 1194 Galician 1196 Guarani 1203 Gujarati 1209 Hausa 1217 Hindi 1226 Croatian 1229 Hungarian 1233 Armenian 1235 Interlingua 1239 Interlingue 1245 Inupiak 1248 Indonesian 1253 Icelandic 1254 Italian 1257 Hebrew 1261 Japanese 1269 Yiddish 1283 Javanese 1287 Georgian 1297 Kazakh 1298 Greenlandic 1299 Cambodian 1300 Kannada 1301 Korean 1305 Kashmiri 1307 Kurdish 1311 Kirghiz 1313 Latin 1326 Lingala 1327 Laothian 1332 Lithuanian 1334 Latvian; Lettish 1345 Malagasy 1347 Maori 1349 Macedonian 1350 Malayalam 1352 Mongolian 1353 Moldavian 1356 Marathi 1357 Malay 1358 Maltese 1363 Burmese 1365 Nauru 1369 Nepali 1376 Dutch 1379 Norwegian 1393 Occitan 1403 (Afan)Oromo 1408 Oriya 1417 Punjabi 1428 Polish 1435 Pashto; Pushto 1436 Portuguese 1463 Quechua 1481 Rhaeto- Romance 1482 Kirundi 1483 Romanian 1489 Russian 1491 Kinyarwanda 1495 Sanskrit 1498 Sindhi 1501 Sangho 1502 Serbo- Croatian 1503 Singhalese 1505 Slovak 1506 Slovenian 1507 Samoan 1508 Shona 1509 Somali 1511 Albanian 1512 Serbian 1513 Siswati 1514 Sesotho 1515 Sundanese 1516 Swedish 1517 Swahili 1521 Tamil 1525 Telugu 1527 Tajik 1528 Thai 1529 Tigrinya 1531 Turkmen 1532 Tagalog 1534 Setswana 1535 Tonga 1538 Turkish 1539 Tsonga 1540 Tatar 1543 Twi 1557 Ukrainian 1564 Urdu 1572 Uzbek 1581 Vietnamese 1587 Volapük 1613 Wolof 1632 Xhosa 1665 Yoruba 1684 Chinese 1697 Zulu 1703 Not specified www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-1 Note: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given. 2-1. CASE REMOVAL SECTION 2 DISASSEMBLY DVP-NS715P 1 Tapping screw 2 Tapping screw 3 Three screws (B3) 4 Case 2 Pull the tray in the direction of arrow B. 3 Two claws 4 Tray cover ass’y 1 Insert a tapering driver into the aperture of the unit bottom, and move the lever of chuck cam in the direction of arrow A. B A 2 Claw 4 Claw 3 Two claws 5 Two claws 1 Flexible board (CN406) 6 Front panel block ass’y 1 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-001: CN201, FMO-002: CN202) 1 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035: CN402) 2 Connector (CN101) 4 Connector (CN601) 3 Connector (CN102) 5 Four screws (B3) 6 MB-103 board 2-2. TRAY COVER ASS'Y REMOVAL 2-3. FRONT PANEL BLOCK ASS'Y REMOVAL 2-4. MB-103 BOARD REMOVAL www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-2 2 Connector (CN201) 1 Connector (CN101) 3 Two screws (B3) 3 Two screws (B3) 4 Power block 1 Connector (CN102) 3 Six screws (B3) 5 AV-63 board 4 Two screws (B3) 2 Connector (CN601) 2 Three screws (B3) 4 Mechanism deck 1 Two flexible flat cables (FMO-001: CN201, FMO-002: CN202) 3 Two claws 1 Flexible flat cable (FMM-035: CN402) 9 Screw (B3) 0 IF-92 board 4 Connector (CN102) 8 Connector (CN102) 3 Connector (CN201) 6 Connector (CN102) 5 Tape 7 Tape 1 Two screws (B3) 9 Two screws (B3) 2 FP support 2-5. POWER BLOCK REMOVAL 2-7. MECHANISM DECK REMOVAL 2-6. AV-63 BOARD REMOVAL 2-8. IF-92 BOARD REMOVAL www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-3 2 Insulator 2 Insulator 2 Insulator 1 Insulator screw 1 Insulator screw 3 Optical pick-up 1 Insulator screw 2-9. OPTICAL PICK-UP REMOVAL www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-4 2-10. INTERNAL VIEWS Optical pick-up (KHM-270AAA) A-6062-709-A DC motor (loading) not supplied DC motor (loading) not supplied www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 2-5 2-5 E 2-11. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) IF-92 (INTERFACE CONTROL) Power Block (HS12S1U) ( SWITCHING REGULATOR) AV-63 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) MS-81 (LOADING) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P SECTION 3 BLOCK DIAGRAMS 3-1 3-2 3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM IC201 IC301 IC403 IC303 IC404 IC405 IC101 IC106 IC404 IC202 BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/ SERVICE ASSY MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-6) MB-103 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-11to 4-25) AV-63 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-29 to 4-31) IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-35) OPTICAL DEVICE DVD/CD PD IC RF DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS SIGO ARP, SERVO DSP FOCUS COIL TRACKING COIL FOCUS/TRACKING COIL DRIVE, SPINDLE/SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE M M M SPINDLE MOTOR SLED MOTOR M001 LOADING MOTOR FUNCTION KEY S101 VIDEO OUT SCAN SELECT SWITCH ND401 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE IF CON P CON POWER SERIAL BUS EEPROM 32M FLASH IC108 1M SRAM PARALLEL BUS CDDOUT, CDDATA, CDBCK, CDLRCK SDI 0 – 7 AV DECODER SPDIF, ACH12, ACH34, ACH56, BCK, LRCK 16M DRAM 16M SDRAM V, Y, C Y, Cb, Cr VIDEO BUFFER SPDIF IC204 IC201 AUDIO AMP IC406 REMOTE COMMANDER RECEIVER EVER+3.3V +11V +5V SW +3.3V +1.8V SW+3.3V +5V SW+11V +11V (AUDIO) SW–13V INLIMIT SENSOR CHUCK/TRAY DETECT HS12S1U BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-39) SWITCHING REG AC IN DVD0 – 7 Y, Cb, Cr Y0 – 9 CBCR0 – 9 PO0 – 7 05 PB/CB COMPONENT VIDEO OUT Y PR/CR LINE OUT VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2 2 1 S VIDEO OUT L R LINE OUT AUDIO 2 L R AUDIO 1 OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT COAXIAL J201 D101 F101 SW201 POWER AI+5V EVER+3.3V AU+11V SW–13V REG IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL PUSH ENTER SHUTTLE/ CURSOR STICK S001 IC504 VIDEO ENCODER +5V IC107 OTP or IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER IC502 I/P CONVERTER IC503 16M SDRAM IIC BUS SW w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 2 19 25 27 59 42 41 36 38 44 13 15 21 33 37 14 ı 11 7 ı 10 45 ı 48 32 ı 29 125 124 126 147 131 148 152 15 ı 18 37 36 21 22 48 1 47 46 20 22 15 17 35 34 27 28 7 10 25 24 3 4 45 5 128 153 154 146 61 12 11 143 144 32 33 MB-103 BOARD (1/4) (SEE PAGE 4-11, 13, 17) BASE UNIT KHM-270AAA/ SERVICE ASSY OPTICAL DEVICE 24 25 17 16 22 20 13 8 12 4 3 15 23 18 26 2 1 Q201 DVD LD DRIVE IC201 IC301 DVD/CD PD IC DVD/CD LD MODULE CN203 DVD/CD RF AMP, SERVO ERROR PROCESS RF IN A – D E – H A2 – D2 VC DVDPD CDPD DVDLD SIGO FE TE PI DFT MON MIRR TZC SRD SWD SCLK SDEN SERVO DSP ADC1 ADC0 ADC2 DFCTI ADC7 POM 2, 3 129 130 ADC5, 6 MIRR TZC ADC4 SIGNAL PROCESSOR (SEE PAGE 3-5) SYSTEM CONTROL (SEE PAGE 3-7) XRESET HCS HINT MDSO MDPO 163 164 GIO9/GREF GIO10/FGIN GIO1/INT3 PWM2 PWM0, 1 POM 0, 1 GIO0/INT2 SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE FOCUS COIL DRIVE TRACKING COIL DRIVE LOADING MOTOR DRIVE SLED MOTOR DRIVE 7 1 ı 4 9 8 1 5 4 IC202 5 2 4 1 2 CN201 CN001 LDM± CKSW1 OCSW1 INLIMIT SENSOR TRACKING COIL FOCUS COIL M001 LOADING MOTOR M M M MS-81 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-6) SLED MOTOR SPINDLE MOTOR CN204 39 VCI 19 39 20 22 16 17 155 GIO2/INT4 05 CHUCK/TRAY DETECT S001 (1/2) RF A – D E – H VC PD 24 10 LEDSEL0 SW DVD LD 26 6 Q202 CD LD DRIVE CDLD CD LD VR SLA±, SLB± SPM± INLIM TRK± 127 ADC3 FCS± PS TSD-M 40 42 43 VREF +3.3V LDON GIO6/SDI GIO7/SDO GIO8/SCK GIO13 XSDPIT XSDPCS XRST XDRVMUTE OCSW1 SIGO CKSW1 XLDON FE TE PI SSDFCTI SS MON MDSO, MDPO SPMUTE SLDA, SLDB LMP, LMM TSD LMCTL TDRV± FDRV± SPFG SLE 159 161 162 167 IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 100 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 2 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ns/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (DVD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 1.4 Vp-p 3 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 200 ms/DIV 1.7 Vp-p 4 IC301 (DVD play) 100 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 160 mVp-p 4 IC301 (CD play) 500 mV/DIV 50 ms/DIV 860 mVp-p B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 1 2 3 4 NO MARK:PB MODE 3.4 1.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 2.7 2.7 2.8 3.0 3.2 1.7 0 3.4 0 0 0 1.7 2.5 0.9 0.8 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 0.2 2.3 1.6 2.8 3.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.0 2.2 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.4 3.4 0.7 2.4 3.3 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.3 1.0 0.5 3.3 1.0 2.5 3.4 2.7 1.6 3.3 1.6 0.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 1.6 1.8 1.7 2.3 0 1.7 1.7 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.0 3.0 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.4 2.6 3.4 3.4 2.6 3.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.5 0.6 1.7 1.6 3.4 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.2 3.4 1.7 1.7 0 0 0 1.7 1.6 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 0 1.7 3.4 3.0 0 1.7 0.6-1.2 4.8 1.3 4.8 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.8 2.7 2.7 3.4 3.0 2.9 2.8 3.4 2.8 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 3.4 3.4 3.0 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 3.2 3.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 XSRQ XSDPCS XWAIT XARPCS XSDPIT XARPIT CDDOUT HA7 HA2 HA6 CDLRCK/TDOKT HA5 HA3 XSAK HA4 HA0 HA1 HD14 +5V SVC HD15 SPFG HD10 +3.3V TCK SLE HD12 GND PI HD13 TMS FE HD8 RF+ XFRRST XSHD HD11 SDCK HD9 SDEF TE MDPO MDSO CDDATA/EMU1 CDBCK/EMU0 CDLRCK/TDOKT SSCS LMM SSCK LMP SSWD SSRD TSD INLIM SPMUTE SLDB SLDA LMCTL 33MARP SSDFCTI MIRR TZC SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV+ TDRV- +1.8V XRST SS_MON 2200 R323 470 R313 0.5% 22k R321 10k R326 0.5% 10k R327 470 R315 4700 R335 100 R311 10k R324 4700 R316 0.5% 1800 R334 27k R328 0.5% 10k R319 2200 R329 2200 R330 470 R314 6800 R325 150k R333 0.5% 220 R312 0 R302 0 R301 0.5% 1k R322 2200 R332 2200 R331 0.5% 33k R320 470 R318 10k R336 10k R346 10k R347 10k R348 10k R349 0 R352 0 R351 100 R360 10k R358 10k R359 10k R317 1k R303 4700p C305 0.01u C304 0.01u C321 4700p C318 0.068u C312 100p C310 0.1u C324 0.01u C314 0.01u C328 0.01u C315 0.01u C325 4700p C330 0.01u C329 0.01u C322 0.01u C319 0.01u C326 4700p C320 0.01u C311 0.01u C323 0.01u C327 0.1u C317 0.033u C313 0.1u C331 0.01u C332 0.01u C333 C335 0.01u 0.01u C338 0.01u C340 0.01u C343 C344 0.01u 0.01u C339 0.01u C337 C309 0.01u JL317 JL310 JL309 JL318 JL335 JL337 JL333 JL336 JL334 JL319 JL325 JL326 JL322 JL321 JL324 JL323 JL320 JL327 JL314 JL316 JL315 JL312 JL311 JL313 JL338 JL339 JL341 JL340 JL328 JL332 JL331 JL330 JL329 JL342 JL343 JL308 JL344 100u C308 6.3V CXD9703R IC301 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 4700p C316 0.01u C334 CL301 CL302 CL308 CL309 CL313 CL314 CL315 IC303 GM71V18160CT-6TR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 41 42 43 44 45 46 11 15 36 40 24 25 47 48 49 50 IC302 MM1385ENLE 1 2 3 4 5 1 A JL411 TCK TMS XFRRST RAMD15 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD10 RAMD9 SDI2 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD8 SDI7 SDI0 SDI6 SDI5 SDI3 SDI4 SDI1 RAMD6 RAMD5 RAMD4 RAMD3 RAMD2 RAMD1 RAMD7 RAMD0 RAMA9 RAMA8 RAMA7 RAMA6 RAMA5 RAMA4 RAMA3 RAMA2 RAMA1 RAMA0 SDEF XSAK XSHD SDCK CDDOUT SDEF XSAK XSRQ XSHD SDCK CDDOUT SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 TESTK3 TESTK2 TESTK1 TESTK0 TESTK3 TESTK2 TESTK1 TESTK0 XSDPIT XSDPCS XSDPCS XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ XRD XWRH FDRV- FDRV+ TDRV- TDRV+ XSDPIT RAMD0 RAMD1 RAMD2 RAMD3 RAMD4 RAMD5 RAMD6 RAMD7 RAMD8 RAMD9 RAMD10 RAMD11 RAMD12 RAMD13 RAMD14 RAMD15 RAMA0 RAMA1 RAMA2 RAMA3 RAMA4 RAMA5 RAMA6 RAMA7 RAMA8 XSRQ RAMA9 XFRRST TMS TCK CDLRCK/TDOKT CDLRCK/TDOKT TDI VDDA2 3.3V MD4 GIO5/PGIN VDDD0 3.3V XRD DATA/EMU1 MA2 VSSA5 GIO11/TMC2 A2 LRCK/TDO VSS MD9 VSSD1 D6 XMWR MD14 VDDA3 3.3V PWM1 MIRR VSS TZC A6 VRBA TESTK0 SD5 VDD3.3V ADC4 PDM3 MA1 VDDA5 3.3V SD1 ADC0 A0 VDD3.3V FR2 GIO7/SDO XSHD DOUT MD3 VSSA1 JITPWM IREF TMS GIO4/PGREF BIAS VSS MDP0 MA7 TCK VSS VDD1.8V MD8 D5 MD15 GIO2/INT4 TESTK1 GIO10/FGIN RFIN2 PWM0 PDM1 MD5 DFCTI VDDD1 3.3V VSS A5 VSS ADC5 XWAT D3 VSSA4 HCS MA4 VSSA0 SD2 ADC3 GIO3/INT5 R1 XSAK FR3 VDD3.3V XSRQ SDCK MD2 INM RFD AOUT TRST MDS0 VREF MD13 MA6 D7 VDD1.8V GIO13 VSS VRT MD6 VSSA3 XCS VDD3.3V GIO1/INT3 PWM2 TESTK3 VSSD2 MA3 GIO9/GREF VDD3.3V CLKIN A4 ADC6 D1 HINT MD1 MD11 VCO SD0 ADC2 R2 SDEF VDD1.8V XRAS Y VDDA4 3.3V VSS INP PLCKO A3 VSSA2 MA8 SD6 D2 GIO6/SDI LOCK VSSD0 XWR BCLK/EMU0 GIO12 MD7 XINT RFIN1 PDM2 MA5 TESTK2 VRB ADC7 D4 A7 VDD1.8V VSS MD0 MD10 VDD1.8V D0 XCAS GIO0/INT2 MD12 VDD1.8V VDDD2 3.3V PDM0 GIO8/SCK SD4 ADC1 MA9 MA0 SD3 VRTA XRESET FR1 VSS A1 VSS VDDA0 3.3V SD7 VDDA1 3.3V I/O13 I/O15 I/O10 A3 N.C I/O3 I/O14 RAS I/O11 I/O4 A4 I/O5 N.C WE GND N.C N.C N.C I/O6 GND I/O8 A7 A0 A9 A1 I/O12 A6 LCAS I/O0 I/O2 UCAS GND N.C I/O1 I/O9 VDD N.C I/O7 A8 VDD A5 OE A2 VDD CONT GND NOISE VIN VOUT I L 3 H 15 10 19 J 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 16 K 6 8 4 17 18 2 05 ARP,SERVO DSP IC301 IC302 +3.3V REG IC303 16M DRAM MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (1/8) (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) (1/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (4/8) (5/8) MB-103 BOARD SLED SERVO DVD/CD FOCUS SERVO SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE) SKEW SERVO DVD/CD TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV PB Y/CHROMA VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL PATH AUDIO SIGNAL (5/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) (1/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (1/8) (1/8) MB-103 BOARD (1/8) MB-103 BOARD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-15 4-16 AV DECODER MB-103 (3/8) MB-103 (AV DECODER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 3.4 2.2 1.8 2.0 1.2 1.9 3.4 2.0 2.0 2.2 1.9 3.4 3.1 0.1 2.7 2.5 2.8 1.6 0.1 0.1 0.7 1.4 1.6 3.4 1.9 2.0 2.0 3.4 1.9 1.1 2.0 1.7 3.4 0.1 3.4 1.4 0.1 0.1 1.8 2.1 1.6 1.5 0.1 2.0 1.9 3.4 2.7 1.6 0.1 3.4 0.7 2.2 0.1 1.6 3.1 2.5 3.4 2.0 3.4 2.0 1.8 1.4 1.9 3.1 1.2 0.1 2.1 1.1 1.9 3.4 2.2 3.4 0.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 3.4 1.7 0.1 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.5 2.0 NO MARK:PB MODE 3.4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.7 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.9 0.7 0.7 1.2 1.8 1.7 0 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 3.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 3.4 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 3.4 3.4 2.6 2.6 1.8 2.2 3.4 2.0 1.9 1.2 2.0 1.9 2.0 2.0 3.4 1.9 2.0 1.1 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.2 1.7 0.1 0.1 3.1 2.7 3.4 0.6 2.5 3.4 3.4 2.8 3.1 1.6 0.1 0.1 0.1 3.4 0.1 1.8 0.7 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.6 1.6 1.5 3.4 1.7 1.8 1.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.0 0.4 0.7 0.2 0.5 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.8 1.7 2.5 0.9 0.8 0.9 3.4 2.5 0.9 0.8 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 0.2 1.0 2.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 1.7 3.4 0.9 1.2 0.4 1.0 1.7 1.7 1.1 1.1 1.8 1.5 1.7 3.4 3.0 3.4 0 3.4 1.8 3.4 1.3 DREQ1 SDI2 CDLRCK/TDOKT DREQ0 SDI1 HD7 XWAIT SDI0 HD8 HD6 XAVDIT HD5 HA4 XWRH SDCK HD4 HA5 HA20 SDEF HD3 HA7 HA19 XSHD HD2 HA6 HA21 XSAK HD1 HA3 HA18 XSRQ HA2 HA16 27MAVD HA0 HA17 XRST HA1 HA15 +1.8V 512FSAVD HA14 SPDIF1 HA13 +3.3V BCK XRD XAVDCS2 HA12 LRCK XAVDCS3 HA11 HD12 HA8 HD11 HA9 ACH12 HD10 CDDOUT HD9 CDDATA/EMU1 HD0 CDBCK/EMU0 HD15 HD14 HD13 SDI7 SDI6 HA10 SDI5 TMS DACK0 SDI4 DACK1 CDLRCK/TDOKT SDI3 TCK GND DVD4 DVD7 DVD0 DVD2 DVD6 DVD1 DVD5 DVD3 27MCLK XFRRST C447 0.01u C441 0.01u 0.01u C438 C442 0.01u 0.01u C439 0.01u C446 0.01u C416 0.01u C422 0.01u C423 0.01u C426 0.01u C431 0.01u C432 0.01u C435 0.01u C436 0.01u C429 0.01u C425 0.01u C418 0.01u C413 0.01u C412 0.01u C410 0.01u C408 0.01u C428 0.01u C415 0.01u C417 0.1u C419 0.01u C407 0.01u C449 JL401 JL402 JL408 JL409 JL410 JL412 JL404 JL403 JL405 JL406 JL413 JL407 JL414 JL415 JL417 JL416 10 R430 10k R412 10k R426 10k R423 0 R402 1200 R414 6800 R413 100 R405 10 R415 R436 0 R438 0 0 R439 16V 10u C402 16V 10u C406 50V 1u C404 FL404 FL402 FL403 IC405 MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 IC404 MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 TK11118CS IC401 1 2 3 4 5 IC403 CXD1935Q 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 44 52 43 51 42 50 41 49 40 48 39 47 38 46 37 45 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 1 A SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 ADAD6 ADDT2 ADDT6 ADAD6 ADDT14 ADAD11 ADDT2 ADAD2 ADAD1 ADDT11 ADDT3 ADAD0 ADDT1 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADDT8 ADAD5 ADDT12 ADAD0 ADDT10 ADAD9 ADAD7 ADDT12 ADAD2 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD4 ADAD10 ADDT5 ADAD1 ADDT7 ADDT6 ADDT9 ADAD8 ADDT4 ADDT5 ADDT13 ADAD11 ADDT15 ADDT15 ADDT3 ADDT7 SDI0 ADAD7 ADAD10 SDI1 ADDT0 SDI2 ADAD8 ADDT1 SDI3 ADAD9 ADDT14 HD0 HD15 HD14 HD13 HD12 HD11 HD10 HD1 HD9 HD8 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 ADDT8 HA11 ADDT4 HA12 ADDT13 HA13 HA14 ADDT10 HA15 ADDT0 HA16 ADDT9 ADDT11 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HA0 DVD7 DVD6 DVD5 DVD4 DVD3 DVD2 DVD1 DVD0 ADDT8 ADDT7 ADDT9 ADDT6 ADDT10 ADDT5 ADDT11 ADDT4 ADDT12 ADDT3 ADDT13 ADDT2 ADDT14 ADDT1 ADDT15 ADDT0 ADAD4 ADAD3 ADAD5 ADAD2 ADAD6 ADAD1 ADAD7 ADAD0 ADAD8 ADAD10 ADAD9 ADAD11 HA1 HA2 HA3 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA11 HA12 HA13 HA14 HA15 HA16 HA17 HA18 HA19 HA20 HA21 HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 SDI0 SDI1 SDI2 SDI3 SDI4 SDI5 SDI6 SDI7 DVD0 DVD1 DVD2 DVD3 DVD4 DVD5 DVD6 DVD7 HA0 VCC DQ0 DQ1 VSSQ DQ2 DQ3 VCCQ DQ4 DQ5 VSSQ DQ6 DQ7 VCCQ DQML WE CAS RAS CS A11(BA) A10/AP A0 A1 A2 A3 VCC VSS DQ15 DQ14 VSSQ DQ13 DQ12 VCCQ DQ11 DQ10 VSSQ DQ9 DQ8 VCCQ N.C. DQMU CLK CKE N.C. A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 VSS A1 DQ10 DQ7 A11(BA) VSSQ RAS DQ4 N.C. A0 DQ11 VSSQ DQML VCCQ VCC N.C. VCC CAS A9 VCCQ CKE A10/AP DQ13 A7 DQ6 VSSQ A3 VCCQ A5 WE DQ14 DQ2 DQ9 DQ15 A6 DQ3 VSS VSSQ A2 DQ12 A4 VCCQ A8 DQ0 VSS DQMU CS DQ8 DQ1 DQ5 CLK SDAD11O CVD07 HAD14I CVD03 SDDQ4 SDDQ1 DT5I DO ACH56O IVALIn HAD18I IOVSS07 DVO4 TDI CVD01 DVSS33 HAD22I SDRASOn COUT SDCS1On IOVDD12 IOVSS01 CVD06 TRST CDBCKI SDAD5O TCK MBIST_EN BF_ID HAD5I DMACK1In IOVDD00 SDDQ0 HAD3I HCPUMDI ICLKI HRWn DT0I HAD7I SDDQM1O SDCS0On YOUT HSYNCOn I2C_DATA SDDQ13 HAD15I DVO1 IOVSS03 ROUT IOVDD09 IOVDD10 DT4I ACH12O BCKO ACH34O ISTARTIn HAD19I SDDQ8 DVDD33 HAD23I AVSS02 HAD8I CDIN1I CVS01 SDDQ10 CVS05 SDAD2O IOVDD05 PAVSS18G IOVSS00 IOVSS10 CVD00 SDAD12O CVD02 HCSn CVS00 IOVSS13 SDDQM0O AVSS00 CVS03 IOVDD04 SDDQ2 IOVSS11 SCLKIN SDAD8O DVO2 NC SDAD0O IOVDD08 AVSS01 LRCKO SDDQ12 IOVDD02 IERRIn CVS07 SDDQ7 VGO IOVDD11 COMPOUT DVO5 CDIN2I DMRQ0On IOVSS05 SDCLKO SDCKEO CVD08 TMS SDCASOn CRPCLKI IREFI HAD11I SDAD9O DT7I IOVSS12 HAD12I RSTn IOVSS08 GOUT DSPACK0 DVO0 SDDQ5 IOVSS09 HAD16I PAVDD18P SDAD10O DVO3 D1CLKO IOVDD06 BOUT IOVDD01 SDDQ3 DT3I HAD20I SDDQ9 HAD9I SDAD4O SDAD1O CVS02 TESTIn IOAVDD00 CLKI SCAN_EN DVO6 CVS08 DMACK0In IOVSS02 HAD1I HWAITOn CVD05 DT2I SDWEOn IOAVSS00 IOVDD03 I2C_CLK ACLK DT6I HAD0I IOVSS06 HAD13I IOVDD13 AVDD01 DSPACK1 SDDQ11 SDDQ14 IREQON HAD17I CVD04 IOVSS04 AVDD02 HAD21I SDDQ6 HAD10I SDAD3O SDAD7O CDLRKI VREFI TDO SCAN_MODE HDATA0 DVO7 HAD4I DMRQ1On IOVDD07 SDDQ15 HAD2I HIRQOn SDAD6O DT1I HAD6I CVS06 AVDD00 FLDO CVS04 HDATA1 HDATA2 HDATA3 HDATA6 HDATA4 HDATA5 HDATA7 HDATA8 HDATA9 HDATA10 HDATA11 HDATA13 HDATA12 HDATA15 HDATA14 GND NOISE VOUT CONT VIN I 20 L 3 H 15 10 19 J 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 M 14 11 12 16 K 6 8 4 17 18 2 MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (8/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (5/8) (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (7/8) 05 MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) IC403 AV DECODER +1.8V REG IC401 16M SDRAM IC404 IC405 16M SDRAM AUDIO PB SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL Y/CHROMA MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (7/8) MB-103 BOARD (2/8,5/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-17 4-18 DRIVE MB-103 (4/8) MB-103 (DRIVE) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – NO MARK:PB MODE 5.1 1.7 1.7 5.2 5.1 5.2 5.1 5.3 5.1 5.2 3.7 6.5 5.1 10.5 3.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 4.8 3.2 3.4 3.4 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 0 1.7 1.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 10.5 5.1 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ GND MDSO CKSW1 FDRV+ +11V SPMUTE M_GND TDRV+ XDRVMUTE +3.3V +5V TDRV- SPFG FDRV- SLE LMM TSD SLDA LMP SVC OCSW1 LMCTL SLDB MDPO 10k R229 10k R259 120k R218 10k R214 150k R220 0.5% 100k R254 10k R269 150k R221 120k R227 33k R252 0.5% 56k R255 10k R225 1k R216 470k R233 680k R231 33k R230 10k R261 0.5% 100k R250 33k R240 33k R232 10k R213 470k R243 56k R222 1k R217 470k R226 270k R224 33k R239 33k R238 120k R219 0.5% 56k R253 33k R241 56k R223 220k R242 330 R262 0.1u C272 0.1u C220 C215 100p 0.01u C249 0.001u C259 0.1u C219 0.01u C258 0.01u C250 0.001u C204 C216 220p 0.001u C229 0.001u C228 0.01u C270 0.033u C246 1500p C218 0.015u C214 220p C226 0.033u C240 4700p C230 0.001u C203 100p C225 0.1u C273 JL248 JL247 16V 47u C271 100 R207 CL201 CL202 CL203 CL204 CL205 FAN8034L IC202 1 2 3 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 49 13 25 26 37 38 39 11 12 9 10 7 8 5P CN201 1 2 3 4 5 1 A FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- SLB- SLB+ SLA- SLA+ SPM- SPM+ CKSW1 SPM- LDM+ LDM+ OCSW1 SPM+ SLA- SLB+ CKSW1 LDM- OCSW1 LDM- SLB- SLA+ FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- FCS+ FCS- TRK+ TRK- SLA+ SLA- SLB+ SLB- SPM- SPM+ OCSW1 GND LDM+ LDM- CKSW1 IN3+ IN4+ OUT1 IN4- IN1- IN3- OUT3 OUT2 IN5+ IN2+ OUT4 IN2- DO2+ MUTE12 DO2- IN5- PGND2 REV OPIN1+ MUTE5 DO1- OUT5 IN1+ DO5- VREF PVCC1 CTL DO5+ DO6- SVCC OPOUT1 DO4- DO4+ DO1+ TSD-M DO6+ PS PGND1 MUTE34 SGND OPIN1- OPIN2- OPOUT2 OPIN2+ DO3+ PVCC2 FWD DO3- I 3 H 15 10 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 6 8 4 2 MB-103 BOARD (4/8) IC202 FOCUS/TRACKING COIL DRIVE SPINDLE/SLED/ LOADING MOTOR DRIVE MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) CN001 (SEE PAGE 4-6) MS-81 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) 05 TRACKING SERVO DVD/CD CDV FOCUS SERVO SIGNAL PATH SKEW SERVO DVD/CD SLED SERVO DVD/CD SPINDLE SERVO(SPEED AND PHASE) MB-103 BOARD (1/8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-19 4-20 SYSTEM CONTROL MB-103 (5/8) MB-103 (SYSTEM CONTROL) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – • Waveform 1 IC104 tf 1.7 Vp-p (16.5 MHz) NO MARK:PB MODE 0.9 0.8 0.9 2.5 1.0 2.2 2.0 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.4 1.6 0.8 0.9 0.8 2.5 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 2.0 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.7 3.4 2.2 2.3 2.3 2.3 3.4 0.5 3.3 2.2 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 0.2 0.7 3.0 0.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.5 3.0 3.4 2.0 3.4 3.3 3.4 0 0 3.3 3.1 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.1 1.7 1.6 3.4 3.4 0 1.6-2.0 2.0 3.4 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.8 2.5 0.9 0.9 0.8 3.4 2.5 0.9 0.8 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 0.2 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.9 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 0.7 0.4 0.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.7 3.4 3.4 1.0 2.2 2.0 3.4 1.7 3.4 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.5 1 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ 0 0.8 0.9 2.5 0.8 2.3 2.3 2.3 0.5 2.2 3.4 1.2 0.7 0.7 0.4 0.7 0.5 0.9 0.5 0.7 0.2 0.9 2.5 0.9 0.8 1.6 1.4 2.0 1.2 1.6-2.0 1.0 3.0 3.4 0.7 1.6 0.7 1.4 0.7 1.1 0.7 2.7 HA15 HA21 XWAIT XAVDCS2 XWRH XRST XSDPIT SO1 XAVDCS3 HA17 HD12 HA18 HA12 HA16 HA4 DREQ1 DACK1 SCL HA19 HA11 HD15 MA_MUTE HD2 XSDPCS XDACS HA3 HA20 HD4 XLDON HD7 HD14 HA14 XARPIT XFRRST XDRVMUTE +3.3V HD6 HD0 HA13 HD1 HA8 HA7 HA9 HA0 DREQ0 HA6 HD11 HD5 XAVDIT XARPCS SDA +1.8V OCSW1 HD3 XRD HD13 DACK0 CKSW1 HA10 XWAIT HD10 SC1 HD8 HD9 HA5 RFMON GND HA1 HA2 WIDE IPSW RGBSEL EXT/DSEL R133 0 1k R117 R161 4700 3300 R139 100k R119 3300 R165 R132 0 100 R128 10k R124 3300 R162 10k R156 10k R141 100 R111 1k R120 10k R123 100 R131 10k R150 100 R130 10k R177 1k R121 100 R129 R166 47k 100k R118 1k R110 3300 R168 3300 R163 1k R185 100 R112 10k R178 10k R184 0 R187 100 R103 100 R104 100 R105 100 R106 XX IC106 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 0.01u C111 0.01u C129 0.01u C122 0.01u C102 0.01u C121 0.01u C114 C130 0.01u 0.01u C108 0.01u C118 C120 0.01u JL109 JL108 JL107 JL123 JL124 JL125 JL126 JL127 JL128 JL129 X101 16.5MHz 1 2 3 4V 100u C109 22k R113 CL101 6P CN103 1 2 3 4 5 6 IC108 IDT71V016SA15PH-TL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 MR27V3202F-7RTPZ04B IC107 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 35 36 37 38 39 40 11 12 33 34 41 42 43 44 MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC104 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 BR24C64F-E IC101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FL103 FL102 FL106 FL108 RB102 10k 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 6 1 2 3 4 5 1 A HA12 HA14 HA10 HD8 SI2 HA17 HA5 HA10 HA19 HA1 HD1 HA16 HA11 HA4 HA8 HD4 HD12 HD9 HA9 HA10 HA20 HD10 HA5 HD2 HD3 HD11 HA8 HD15 HD5 HD13 HA12 HA15 SO2 HA21 HD8 HA18 HA6 HD13 HA17 HD10 HD15 HA21 HA1 HD7 HA4 HA5 HA6 HA7 HD7 HD15 HA0 HA6 HA1 HD5 HD14 HD9 HA2 HD12 HA9 HA18 HD10 HA20 HA4 HA13 HD11 HD13 HA9 HD0 HA2 HD14 HD11 HA7 HD7 HA15 HD3 HD1 HD4 HD6 HA7 HA14 HA3 HD8 HD4 HD0 HA14 HD2 HA12 HA16 HD12 HA15 HA11 HA3 HA13 HD6 HD6 HA3 HD9 HD3 HD1 HA11 HD5 HD2 HA16 HD14 HD0 HA8 HA13 HA2 HA19 HA16 HA21 HD4 HA20 HA4 HD2 HA17 HA15 HD0 HD9 HD11 HA5 HD14 HD13 HD15 HA11 HD5 HA6 HD7 HA12 HA7 HD6 HA13 HA19 HA8 HA9 HA10 HA18 HA2 HD1 HD10 HA1 HA14 HD12 HA3 HD8 HD3 SI2 SO2 SI0 SO0 SC0 HA21 HA20 HA19 HA18 HA17 HA16 HA15 HA14 HA13 HA12 HA11 HA10 HA9 HA8 HA7 HA6 HA5 HA4 HA3 HA2 HA1 HA0 HD8 HD9 HD10 HD11 HD12 HD13 HD14 HD15 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0 HA8 WE N.C. DREQ0 MD2 HA16 DQ11 DQ15/A-1 +3.3V A13 A2 VSS CS1X A15 VCC DQ5 DQ13 VSS A3 DQ6 GND A0 BYTE INT3 A4 CS7X DQ14 A6 VCCI CE A16 HA22 48/44.1K HD0 DQ7 VSS HA19 A12 I/O5 HA14 SDA I/O12 EUROVY HA17 SCL A0 AVCC I/O3 GND HA12 A7 A5 HA20 HD2 XFRRST AVSS XDRVMUTE INT6 HD1 A3 SI0 AN0 CS6X XIFCS A4 XWAIT HA3 CPUCK X2 GND A20 HA6 A17 HA1 SC1 X1 HD13 A19 TRM+ MA_MUTE HA0 OE OE VSS EXT/DSEL HD12 XDACS A6 A8 HA11 DQ0 INT0 AVRH HD11 TXD A9 INT7 WP HA15 A10 INT4 VSS TRM- A11 GND CS2X BGRNTX HD15 NMIX SC0 INT2 A12 A1 MD0 HD14 SO2 A5 HA5 VCC DQ12 INT5 OCSW2 A11 A13 SRAMWE XWRL RXD I/O11 AN1 SO1 INT1 A10 VCC CS0X A18 DQ9 AN2 VSS HA4 RY/BY DQ2 HA9 I/O14 HD8 WP/ACC A14 HD9 DACK1 I/O2 N.C. DACK0 A14 A15 HD4 I/O1 RESET RF MON HA7 VCC DSENS OCSW1 I/O7 HD5 I/O0 BRQ WE VCCI I/O9 CS3X LB A1 CKSW1 HD3 VSS AN3 HA13 I/O10 A2 VCC XARPRST MD1 DREQ1 DQ8 WP GND A7 SI2 DQ1 CS4X I/O15 XRST A9 DQ4 I/O6 A8 I/O4 RGBSEL HD6 SI1 HD10 A2 SCL CS5X UB HD7 WIDE CS XWRH N.C. N.C. HA18 A0 SDA HA10 I/O8 HA21 VCC A1 XSACS DQ10 SO0 HA2 DQ3 XRD I/O13 VCC D10 BYTE A2 OE D14 N.C. VCC D1 A17 D2 A16 A3 VSS D7 A15 D4 CE A12 A4 D5 A14 D12 HA21 A9 D15/A-1 A0 A11 D8 A5 D9 D13 A6 A13 D11 A8 D3 VSS A1 A10 D0 D6 A18 A7 A19 I L 3 H 15 10 19 J 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 M 14 11 12 16 K 6 8 4 17 18 2 MB-103 BOARD (2/8,3/8) DIAG (JIG) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) IC104 SYSTEM CONTROL IC108 1M SRAM IC101 EEPROM MB-103 BOARD (6/8) IC107 OTP MA-103 BOARD (1/8) (3/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MA-103 BOARD (8/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) (2/8,8/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) MA-103 BOARD (6/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) MA-103 BOARD (2/8) MA-103 BOARD (6/8) MA-103 BOARD (2/8) MA-103 BOARD (8/8) MA-103 BOARD MA-103 BOARD (8/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) MA-103 BOARD (4/8) MA-103 BOARD (2/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) MA-103 BOARD (1/8) MA-103 BOARD (8/8) MA-103 BOARD (3/8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-21 4-22 MB-103 (CLOCK GENERATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – CLOCK GENERATOR MB-103 (6/8) • Waveforms 1 IC103 3 3.5 Vp-p (27 MHz) 2 IC103 8 1.5 Vp-p (27 MHz) 3 IC103 9, 0 DVD : 3.3 Vp-p (24.57 MHz) CD : 3.3 Vp-p (22.58 MHz) 4 IC103 qg 3.2 Vp-p (33.87 MHz) NO MARK:PB MODE *:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS. 3.4 1.7 1.7 3.4 * 1.5 3.4 3.4 0 0 2 1 4 3 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ +5V 33MARP 512FSAVD M_GND +1.8V +11V 512FS2CH 27MAVD 3.3V GND 0 R181 100 R182 100 R180 100 R183 0 R159 22 R137 22 R134 22 R136 0 R157 0 R114 0 R160 22 R116 2.2 R108 0 R176 CN101 9P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0.01u C104 9p C107 0.01u C105 9p C106 0.01u C110 FB111 FB106 FB107 FB108 FB104 FB103 FB109 FB105 4V 47u C125 4V 100u C103 16V C127 47u 4V 220u C128 100u C126 6.3V JL101 JL116 JL121 JL122 JL117 JL118 JL105 JL104 JL119 JL103 JL106 JL102 JL120 JL111 JL112 JL110 JL113 JL114 JL115 JL130 JL131 JL132 JL133 JL134 JL135 FL110 FL105 FL104 FL101 X102 27MHz FL109 SM8707AV-E2 IC103 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6P CN102 1 2 3 4 5 6 4.7uH L101 1 2 3 4 5 1 A SI0 SO0 SC0 3.3V_MNT GND SO0 XIFBUSY SI0 XIFCS GND XFRRST SC0 27-1OUT VSS VSS VSS 33-1OUT N.C VDD VDD XTO 33-2OUT VDD 27-2OUT 512-2OUT FSEL XTI 512-1OUT +11V M_GND +5V GND +1.8V +3.3V 3 10 7 F C 5 D B E 9 6 8 4 2 05 IC103 PLL MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD (2/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD (8/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (4/8) IF-92 BOARD CN404 (SEE PAGE 4-36) IF-92 BOARD CN403 (SEE PAGE 4-36) MB-103 BOARD (1/8,2/8,3/8, 4/8,5/8,7/8,8/8) 4/8,5/8,7/8) (1/8,2/8,3/8, MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (2/8,3/8,5/8) (1/8,2/8,4/8) MB-103 BOARD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-23 4-24 I/P CONVERTER MB-103 (7/8) MB-103 (I/P CONVERTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – • Waveform 1 IC502 1.6 Vp-p (66 MHz) NO MARK:PB MODE 3.4 2.6 1.3 1.3 1.4 3.4 1.2 1.0 1.3 0.8 3.4 1.8 3.4 0.3 0.3 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.6 0.7 1.7 3.4 1.8 1.9 1.5 1.3 3.4 3.3 3.1 3.3 1.7 1.7 0.2 0.2 0.3 2.0 3.4 3.4 2.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 1.8 3.1 3.4 0.3 0.3 1.7 0.3 1.7 1.7 3.4 1.6 1.6 0.2 0.2 3.4 1.5 0.3 1.6 2.0 3.4 3.4 1.3 0.8 1.5 1.3 3.4 1.9 1.0 1.8 1.2 3.4 1.7 1.4 0.7 1.3 3.4 1.6 1.3 1.5 2.6 3.3 3.2 3.4 0.9 0.9 2.5 2.5 3.4 1.5 0.9 1.2 0.4 1.0 1.7 1.1 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.1 1.7 3.4 1.0 0.4 1.2 0.9 3.4 1.9 2.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.1 3.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 0.3 3.4 0 0 0.2 0.5 1.0 0.7 3.4 0.7 1.3 1.0 1.0 2.4 2.5 3.4 2.5 3.4 1.3 1 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ GND +3.3V XRST SDA SCL DVD0 DVD1 DVD2 DVD3 DVD4 DVD5 DVD6 DVD7 27MCLK 0.001u C502 0.01u C516 0.01u C514 0.01u C505 0.01u C513 0.1u C518 0.1u C526 0.1u C521 0.1u C527 0.01u C501 0.01u C512 0.1u C511 0.1u C504 0.1u C515 0.1u C507 0.1u C546 0.01u C517 6.3V 47u C509 6.3V 47u C506 6.3V 47u C503 6.3V 47u C520 6.3V 47u C510 6.3V 47u C508 0 R512 100 R507 100 R511 20k R514 75 R513 100 R536 HY57V161610DTC-7TR IC503 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 JL503 JL504 JL505 CL502 CL503 CL509 CL511 CL513 CL515 CL517 CL519 CL521 CL523 CL525 CL528 CL529 CL531 CL533 CL537 CL538 CL539 CL540 CL541 CL542 CL543 CL544 CL545 CL546 CL547 CL548 CL549 CL550 CL551 CL552 CL553 CL554 CL555 CL504 CL505 CL506 CL507 CL508 CL510 CL512 CL514 CL516 CL518 CL520 CL522 CL524 CL526 CL527 CL530 CL532 CL534 CL535 CL536 CL501 MM1385NNLE IC501 1 2 3 4 5 CXD9698R IC502 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 1 2 3 4 1 A 5 Y9 Y7 Y6 Y5 Y4 Y3 Y2 A1 DQ10 A2 DQ11 A3 DQ12 A9 DQ7 DQ6 DQ5 DQ4 DQ3 DQ2 DQ13 A8 DQ14 A7 A6 DQ15 A5 A4 DQ1 DQ0 A10 DQ8 A0 DQ9 A0 A9 A8 A10 A7 A6 A1 A5 A2 A4 A3 Y8 CBCR9 CBCR8 CBCR7 CBCR6 CBCR5 CBCR4 CBCR3 CBCR2 CBCR0 CBCR1 Y1 Y0 PO7 PO6 PO5 PO4 PO3 PO2 PO1 PO0 A11 A11 DQ15 DQ0 DQ14 DQ1 DQ13 DQ2 DQ12 DQ3 DQ11 DQ4 DQ10 DQ5 DQ9 DQ6 DQ8 DQ7 VSSQ A1 DQ5 A5 WE DQ0 CLK DQ14 DQ10 A0 DQ4 A6 VCC DQML DQMU DQ15 DQ11 A10/AP VCCQ A7 VCCQ VCCQ N.C. VSS A11(BA) DQ3 A8 DQ12 DQ7 VCCQ VCC CS DQ2 A9 DQ8 A3 DQ6 VSS RAS VSSQ N.C. DQ13 DQ9 A2 VSSQ A4 CAS DQ1 CKE VSSQ OVDD CLKI PLL_TEST PLL_EN PI0 PI1 PI3 PI2 PI5 PI4 PI6 PI7 PI9 PI8 NHSI NVSI OVSS IVSS CVSS NVSO NHSO PO9 PO8 PO7 PO6 PO3 PO2 PO5 PO4 PO1 PO0 OVDD OVSS TSET0 OVSS OVDD IVDD CVDD OVSS W31F FILM CO9 CO8 CO6 CO7 CO5 OVSS OVDD CO1 CO4 CO3 CO2 CO0 OVSS CVSS OVDD YO0 YO1 YO3 YO2 YO4 OVSS OVDD YO7 YO6 YO9 YO5 YO8 CLKO TEST2 TEST1 CVDD OVDD OVSS TEST4 TEST3 WE MCLK CAS CKE RAS OVSS OVDD MA9 MA11 MA8 MA10 OVDD CVSS IVSS OVSS MA7 MA0 MA6 MA1 OVSS OVDD MA5 MA2 MA4 MA3 OVSS OVDD MD16 MD17 MD18 MD19 OVDD CVDD MD7 MD8 MD6 MD9 OVDD OVSS MD5 MD10 MD4 MD11 OVDD OVSS MD3 MD12 MD2 MD13 OVSS CVSS OVDD MD1 MD14 MD0 MD15 SLV CSB SDA SCL SRN OVSS CVDD PLL_VDD CPOUT VCOIN PLL_GND IVDD CONT GND NOISE VIN VOUT I 3 H 15 10 J 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 K 6 8 4 2 MB-103 BOARD (7/8) IC503 16M SDRAM I/P CONVERTER IC502 +2.5V REG IC501 MB-103 BOARD (8/8) MB-103 BOARD MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) Y VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL PATH Y/CHROMA CHROMA PB (5/8,8/8) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 2 IC504 rs 1.8 Vp-p (H) 3 IC504 rd 2.0 Vp-p (H) 4 IC504 rf 2.4 Vp-p (H) 4-25 4-26 VIDEO ENCODER, AUDIO D/A CONVERTER MB-103 (8/8) MB-103 (VIDEO ENCODER, AUDIO D/A CONVERTER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-7 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: MB-103 board; 2,000 series – • Waveforms 1 IC504 es 3.3 Vp-p (27 MHz) 0 1.7 0 4.9 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 1.7 1.7 0 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 2.5 1.3 3.4 2.5 3.4 0.9 1.2 0.4 2.5 1.0 1.7 1.1 1.1 1.9 1.8 0 0.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.5 1.3 1.3 0 0.2 0.5 0.7 1.0 2.5 2.5 3.0 3.0 0.7 1.3 1.0 1.0 2.4 2.5 1.8 1.3 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.6 2.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 1.5 1.2 1.3 3.1 NO MARK:PB MODE B+ B+ B+ B+ 1 3 4 2 6 5 7 VIDEO LEVEL ADJ. PROG. VIDEO LEVEL ADJ. RV502 LRCK ACH12 BCK SC1 XDACS SO1 XRST SPDIF1 EXT/DSEL RGBSEL MA_MUTE 512FS2CH WIDE IPSW SDA +3.3V SCL JL609 JL618 JL613 JL603 JL602 JL615 JL601 JL614 JL604 JL619 JL605 JL617 JL610 JL611 JL606 JL607 JL616 JL621 JL612 JL608 JL620 JL622 JL623 JL507 JL506 JL508 JL509 JL511 100 R601 R613 0 R614 0 R619 0 0.5% 300 R577 0.5% 300 R578 680 R568 100 R573 1200 R570 0.5% 300 R579 0.5% 300 R574 100 R559 0.5% 300 R575 10k R585 0.5% 300 R576 100 R558 1200 R571 16V 10u C603 6.3V 47u C541 CXD9627A-E2 IC601 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C601 0.001u 0.22u C602 0.01u C604 0.22u C542 0.22u C540 470p C533 0.1u C537 0.01u C544 0.001u C543 0.22u C529 0.1u C538 470p C532 0.22u C531 0.01u C545 820p C539 0.01u C528 3900p C534 CN601 25P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 1k RV502 1 2 3 1k RV501 1 2 3 ADV7300 IC504 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 MM1385NNLE IC505 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 A 5 PO0 PO1 Y0 CBCR4 CBCR7 PO2 Y6 CBCR0 CBCR1 CBCR5 Y4 Y7 Y8 Y2 Y5 PO5 Y9 PO6 CBCR9 SDA PO4 SCL CBCR2 Y3 CBCR8 PO3 SDA Y1 SCL CBCR3 CBCR6 PO7 MCLK BICK SDTI LRCK PDN CSN CCLK CDTI DZFL DZFR VDD VSS AOUTL+ AOUTL- AOUTR+ AOUTR- Cr/B WIDE Cb/R GND Y/G GND Y GND C DISCEXT V EUROVY GND RGBSEL ALT- SPDIF ALT+ P_GND_SPDIF P_GND_2CH RMUTE ART+ LMUTE ART- MAMUTE AU+5V S[5] P_Y[0] S[9] GND GND_IO COMP1 P_C[3] CLKIN_2 P_C[0] RSET1 P_C[8] VDD_IO DAC A DAC F P_C[4] P_Y[6] VIN P_C[9] EXT_LF RTC/SCRESET/TR S_VSYNC GND P_Y[2]/SCANEN S[6] P_Y[9] P_Y[5] GND CONT P_Y[8] DAC D ALSB S[1] P_HSYNC VDD VOUT P_BLANK S[0] P_Y[4] P_Y[1] S[3] P_C[6] RSET2 NOISE P_C[1] S[8] S_HSYNC P_Y[3]/TESTMODE DAC C SPI_12C_EN SDA RESETB COMP2 VAA DAC E P_Y[7] DAC B S[2] SCLK S[7] CLKIN P_VSYNC P_C[7] P_C[2] P_C[5] GND VREF VDD S_BLANK S[4] I 3 H 10 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 11 12 6 8 4 2 MB-103 BOARD (8/8) (SEE PAGE 4-31) CN203 AV-63 BOARD (2/2) 05 MB-103 BOARD (7/8) MB-103 BOARD (7/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (3/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) MB-103 BOARD (6/8) MB-103 BOARD (5/8) VIDEO ENCODER IC504 +2.5V REG IC505 IC601 AUDIO D/A CONVERTER AUDIO SIGNAL PATH SIGNAL VIDEO SIGNAL Y CHROMA PB Y/CHROMA MB-103 BOARD (3/8) 5 IC504 ej 1.3 Vp-p (H) 6 IC504 ek 1.3 Vp-p (H) 7 IC504 el 2.0 Vp-p (H) w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P AV-63 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: AV-63 board; 1,000 series – 4-27 4-28 AUDIO DSP AV-63 MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) IF-92 (INTERFACE CONTROL) Power Block (HS12S1U) ( SWITCHING REGULATOR) AV-63 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) MS-81 (LOADING) D1/D2 VIDEO OUT : Uses unleaded solder. There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. AV-63 BOARD CN103 A-8 CN202 B-7 D001 A-8 D002 A-8 D003 A-8 D101 A-5 D102 A-5 D103 A-6 D104 A-5 D201 B-1 D202 C-1 D205 C-7 IC101 A-7 IC102 B-5 IC201 B-3 IC203 C-2 IC204 A-2 Q101 B-6 Q105 B-6 Q106 B-4 Q107 B-4 Q201 B-7 Q202 B-1 Q203 C-7 Q204 B-1 Q205 B-1 Q207 A-3 Q208 A-3 Q211 A-2 Q216 B-7 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-29 4-30 VIDEO BUFFER AV-63 (1/2) AV-63 (VIDEO BUFFER) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: AV-63 board; 1,000 series – • Waveforms 1 IC102 ed 2.4 Vp-p (H) 3 IC102 wl 2.0 Vp-p (H) 5 IC102 ws 1.3 Vp-p (H) 2 IC102 ea 1.8 Vp-p (H) 4 IC102 wf 2.0 Vp-p (H) 6 IC102 w; 1.3 Vp-p (H) NO MARK:PB MODE 0.5 4.5 0.6 0.1 0.6 -5.0 -5.0 4.5 0.6 0.1 0.1 -5.0 0.6 0.6 3.4 0.5 1.1 0.5 1.1 0.6 3.4 0.6 -5.0 3.4 5.0 0 5.0 4.5 0 4.7 0 -12.2 -5.0 1 2 3 5 6 4 B+ B+ B+ B- B- B- B- CB/R P_GND DSEL Y/G WIDE VMUTE SW-13V Y AI+5V 1R 2R 1L 2L C V D_GND IPSW CR/B 16V 47u C113 47u C110 16V 16V 47u C102 16V 47u C126 47u C111 16V HZM6.8ZWA1TL D101 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D103 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D102 HZM6.8ZWA1TL D104 S101 J104 JL119 JL116 JL124 JL123 JL122 JL117 JL120 68 R127 1k R159 68 R170 68 R131 1k R158 68 R169 3300 R115 68 R130 10k R129 1k R157 68 R126 68 R134 0 R162 68 R133 3300 R121 68 R128 UN2111-TX Q105 UN2113-TX Q106 UN2213-TX Q107 UN2213-TX Q104 IC102 LA73053-TLM-E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 21 20 0.047u C109 220p C103 0.1u C112 0.01u C101 0.1u C114 IC101 NJM79M05DL1A(TE2) GND 1 IN 2 OUT 3 Y C G G C G G Y J103 100uH L101 ET101 J101 1 A VIDEO_IN DCCNT1 GND C_IN MUTE1 Y_IN NC(DCCNT2) NC(GND) Y_IN(NC) DCCNT2 GND Cb_IN MUTE2 Cr_IN +5V VIDEO_OUT GND C_OUT NC Y_OUT -5V NC +5V(NC) Y_OUT GND Cb_OUT Cr_OUT -5V NC -5V NC NC NC NC NC -5V 3 H 10 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 6 8 4 2 VIDEO 1 L AUDIO 2 LINE OUT R L VIDEO 2 AUDIO 1 R S VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT C Y C r b PROGRESSIVE INTERLACE SELECTABLE SCAN SELECT I/P SWITCH I/P SWITCH WIDE SWITCH 1 2 05 AV-63 BOARD (1/2) VIDEO BUFFER IC102 WIDE SWITCH -13V REG IC101 AV-63 BOARD (2/2) AV-63 BOARD (2/2) AV-63 BOARD (2/2) AV-63 BOARD (2/2) AUDIO SIGNAL PATH SIGNAL VIDEO SIGNAL Y CHROMA PB Y/CHROMA w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P AV-63 (AUDIO AMP) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-27 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: AV-63 board; 1,000 series – 4-31 4-32 AUDIO AMP AV-63 (2/2) NO MARK:PB MODE 1.3 10.6 1.3 0 0 -10.1 1.3 1.3 0 0.8 0.8 0 0 10.0 9.2 9.9 6.0 6.0 0.6 10.6 4.9 1.7 4.9 2.4 4.9 1.7 10.6 10.7 10.0 -10.6 -10.1 -10.8 -10.8 -12.2 -11.4 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B+ CR/B D_GND Y/G WIDE IPSW V DSEL C Y 1R CB/R SW-13V AI+5V D_GND 2L 2R 1L VMUTE P_GND JL222 JL204 JL237 JL239 JL208 JL230 JL229 JL232 JL217 JL233 JL234 JL235 JL236 JL238 JL203 JL226 JL228 JL205 JL207 JL210 JL211 JL212 JL213 JL214 JL215 JL216 JL225 JL202 JL201 JL221 JL224 JL223 JL206 2SB710A-RTX Q201 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q205 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q216 IC203 NJM78L05UA-TE1 OUT 1 GND 2 IN 3 10k R285 5600 R216 470 R220 10k R221 100k R218 2200 R208 470 R226 5600 R211 0.5% 0 R280 0 R282 2200 R210 470 R243 220k R219 100k R238 R202 0.5% 4700 4700 R234 4700 R213 10k R252 0 R279 5600 R205 0.5% 470 R227 2200 R209 10k R224 2200 R207 470 R242 4700 R235 47k R230 4700 R203 0.5% 10k R228 R201 0.5% 4700 470 R241 47k R225 47k R229 5600 R212 0.5% 5600 R206 0.5% 10k R222 470 R240 68 R251 1k R253 1k R256 4700 R204 0.5% 220 R249 1k R254 R259 0 16V 47u C224 16V 47u C244 330u 6.3V C242 16V 47u C227 50V 1u C209 16V 47u C228 16V 220u C231 16V 47u C229 16V C233 47u 16V 47u C234 560p C202 0.01u C223 C232 220p 180p C203 180p C205 180p C206 0.01u C222 180p C204 560p C201 0.01u C208 0.01u C207 UN2213-TX Q202 7P CN202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CN203 25P DTC124TKA-T146 Q204 J201 ET202 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q203 TRANSISTOR2SD1938 (F)-ST(TX).SO Q208 TRANSISTOR2SD1938 (F)-ST(TX).SO Q207 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q211 1SS355TE-17 D205 BA4558F-E2 IC201 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GP1FA550TZ IC204 D IN 1 VCC 2 GND 3 DAP202K-T-146 D202 1 2 3 DAN202K-T-146 D201 1 2 3 1 A GND A_MUTE AI+5V EVER+3.3V VMUTE AU+5V RGBSEL LMUTE Y RMUTE WIDE C CB/R SPDIF ART+ V P_GND_AUDIO MAMUTE P_GND_SPDIF CR/B ART- ALT+ ALT- DSEL AU+11V SW-13V D_GND IPSW D_GND D_GND D_GND Y/G 1 25 2 3 5 4 6 10 12 8 7 11 9 16 18 23 14 22 19 13 20 17 15 21 24 AU+5V REG IC203 AUDIO AMP IC201 OPTICAL COAXIAL DIGITAL OUT OPTICAL DIGITAL IC204 OUTPUT BUFFER MB-103 BOARD (8/8) CN601 (SEE PAGE 4-26) AV-63 BOARD (1/2) AV-63 BOARD (1/2) I 3 H 15 10 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 6 8 4 2 AV-63 BOARD (2/2) 05 IF-92 BOARD (SEE PAGE 4-36) CN402 B+ SWITCH Q203,216 B- SWITCH MUTE DRIVE Q202,204,205 AV-63 BOARD (1/2) AV-63 BOARD (1/2) Y CHROMA PB Y/CHROMA AUDIO SIGNAL PATH VIDEO SIGNAL SIGNAL w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-33 4-34 INTERFACE CONTROL IF-92 IF-92 (INTERFACE CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: IF-92 board; 1,000 series – PROGRESSIVE PICTURE MODE SURROUND There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. IF-92 BOARD CN405 D-2 CN406 D-2 D403 E-11 D404 E-11 D405 E-11 D406 E-11 D412 E-11 D413 E-13 IC403 A-10 IC404 D-9 IC405 B-10 IC406 E-12 Q401 D-11 Q402 D-12 Q404 B-13 Q405 B-12 MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) IF-92 (INTERFACE CONTROL) Power Block (HS12S1U) ( SWITCHING REGULATOR) AV-63 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) MS-81 (LOADING) : Uses unleaded solder. w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P IF-92 (IF CON) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM – Ref. No.: IF-92 board; 1,000 series – 4-35 4-36 IF CON IF-92 • Waveforms 1 IC404 3 3.4 Vp-p (8 MHz) 2 ND401 1, 2 8 Vp-p (200 kHz) 3 T401 3 20 Vp-p (409 kHz) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. NO MARK:PB MODE -12.2 -12.2 3.5 3.3 -11.5 3.4 1.8 0.2 -28.8 -17.4 * -22.8 -28.4 -12.2 -13.2 -13.2 -28.4 -28.4 -25.7 -20.3 -12.2 -31.2 -31.2 -31.2 -17.7/-23.2 -17.7/-20.4 -28.4/-31.4 -15.2/-17.9 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 -28.8 3.5 0 1.6 0 3.5 3.4 3.5 2.5 2.9 3.1 1.5 3.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 0 2.7 0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 -31.5 3.5 3.5 2.9 3.5 -0.2 -12.2 -0.2 -12.5 -12.5 B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B+ B+ B+ B+ B- B- 1 2 3 *:IMPOSSIBLE TO MEASURE THE VOLTAGE AT THE MARKED POINTS. MA113-(TX) D403 MA113-(TX) D405 MA113-(TX) D404 MA113-(TX) D406 0.1u C431 0.1u C422 0.01u C420 0.001u C421 0.01u C409 0.01u C412 0.01u C432 0.01u C427 0.01u C407 0.01u C414 0.01u C416 0.01u C401 0.01u C437 0.01u C440 0.01u C417 47uH L401 2SC5053T100Q Q402 2SC5053T100Q Q401 2SD1766-T100-QR Q404 50V 22u C425 16V 100u C411 25V 220u C419 25V 47u C441 25V 22u C426 25V 22u C428 25V 100u C429 TMP86CK74AF-1620 IC404 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 100 R474 100 R481 100 R485 100 R484 100 R483 100 R482 2700 R421 10k R433 8200 R422 10k R434 22k R423 3900 R431 10k R435 8200 R428 100 R425 10k R450 100 R444 100k R446 10k R471 3900 R427 2700 R430 120 R437 10k R440 4700 R401 10k R455 10k R448 10k R449 2700 R414 1800 R415 10k R418 1800 R416 27k R490 47 R496 100k R497 220 R488 100k R489 3900 R417 3900 R426 33 R424 10k R473 X401 8MHz 1 2 3 JL408 JL410 JL409 JL407 JL405 JL404 JL403 JL402 JL401 JL418 JL417 JL424 JL425 JL427 JL426 JL428 JL429 JL430 JL421 JL419 JL422 JL423 JL420 JL411 JL412 JL413 JL415 JL414 JL416 JL432 JL431 JL406 JL433 JL434 JL435 JL436 JL437 JL452 JL451 JL450 JL449 JL448 JL447 JL443 JL442 JL441 JL440 JL439 JL438 JL453 JL445 JL446 JL444 JL454 JL455 JL456 JL457 JL458 JL459 JL460 JL461 JL462 JL463 JL464 JL465 JL466 JL467 JL468 JL469 JL470 JL471 JL472 JL473 JL474 JL475 JL476 JL477 JL478 JL479 JL480 JL481 JL482 JL483 JL484 BZ401 MA8068-L-TX D412 S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2 IC405 1 2 3 LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC403 1 GND 2 VOUT 3 VIN PS401 PS402 FB401 10P CN405 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7P CN402 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 UN2111-TX Q405 GP1UD28SYK IC406 1 2 3 SLR-342DCT32 D413 CN403 6P 1 +1.8V 2 +5V 3 GND 4 SW +3.3V 5 +11V 6 M_GND 5P CN406 1 GND 2 EVER +3.3 3 CURSOR 4 N.C 5 N.C S401 S402 S403 S404 S405 S406 S407 S408 S409 S410 S411 S412 T401 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 CN404 9P SOO GND SCO SIO XIFBUSY XIFCS 3.3V_MNT XFRRST GND 13P CN401 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 A DIG1 DIG2 DIG3 DIG4 DIG5 DIG6 DIG7 DIG8 DIG9 DIG10 DIG11 DIG12 DIG13 SEG18 SEG17 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 DIG8 DIG7 DIG6 DIG5 DIG4 DIG3 DIG2 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 DIG12 DIG11 DIG10 DIG9 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 DIG1 SEG18 SEG17 DIG13 VCC GND VOUT XIFCS SC0 SOO SIO XIFBUSY XFRRST 3.3V_MNT GND IFRST P-CONT POWER GND GND SW+3.3V EVER+3.3V SW+5V +11V(AUDIO) DISPLAY TOP MENU PCONT DIG1 DIG2 DIG3 DIG4 DIG5 DIG6 DIG7 DIG8 DIG9 DIG10 DIG11 DIG12 SEG16 SEG15 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 SEG17 DIG13 N.C POWER DISPLAY PLAY CURSOR AN6 AVSS O/C PONCHK VREF VKK N.c SEL1 SEL0 PCONT STATUS BUSY VSS XIN XOUT VDD /FRRST IR /RST N.C SELF_CHECK /STOP SO SI /SC N.C /CS N.C /VMUTE N.C BUZ N.C N.C SEL2 TEST /AMUTE PROG N.C VCC N.C N.C N.C N.C N.C GND GND SW+11V SW+11V EVER-13V 1.0A 0.7A MENU PICTURE MODE PROGRESSIVE EVER +3.3V EVER +3.3V V_MUTE A_MUTE EVER+3.3V GND AU+11V AI+5V SW-13V SEG18 SURROUND 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 41 47 9 FLUORESCENT INDICATOR TUBE G9 46 G12 G7 G5 P10 P12 G6 G4 P8 P9 53 P17 52 G3 13 49 42 G2 48 10 P15 P16 F2 P11 F2 P14 P18 P1 P2 P6 G8 P3 P5 G10 P4 P7 43 12 2 6 56 57 P13 8 ND401 58 44 11 15 G1 55 50 1 F1 5 54 61 F1 62 45 G11 51 7 16 14 17 G13 (BUZZER) RETURN +1.8V REG IC403 I L 3 H 15 10 J 7 F 13 C 5 G D B E 9 14 11 12 16 K 6 8 4 17 2 05 IF COM IC404 IC405 RESET COMMANDER REMOTE IC406 RECEIVER CONVERTER Q401,402 CONVERTER DC/DC DC/DC CN202 AV-63 BOARD (2/2) (SEE PAGE 4-32) (SEE PAGE 4-22) CN102 MB-103 BOARD (6/8) (SEE PAGE 4-22) CN101 MB-103 BOARD (6/8) DOWNLOAD (JIG) STICK CURSOR ENTER PUSH SRV1246J BOARD CN201 IF-92 BOARD w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-37 4-38 SWITCHING REGULATOR HS12S1U HS12S1U (SWITCHING REGULATOR) PRINTED WIRING BOARD – Ref. No.: HS12S1U board; 5,000 series – There are a few cases that the part isn't mounted in this model is printed on this diagram. HS12S1U BOARD A 1 B 2 3 4 5 1-468-650- 11 POWER MB-103 (SIGNAL PROCESS, SERVO) IF-92 (INTERFACE CONTROL) Power Block (HS12S1U) ( SWITCHING REGULATOR) AV-63 (AUDIO/VIDEO OUT) MS-81 (LOADING) HS12S1U BOARD CN101 A-1 CN201 B-4 D101 B-2 D103 A-2 D110 A-3 D211 A-4 D212 A-4 D213 A-4 D221 A-3 D311 A-4 D312 A-4 D313 B-5 D511 B-4 D611 A-4 D612 A-4 D621 A-5 D622 A-5 IC101 A-3 IC301 A-3 IC411 B-5 IC611 A-5 Q211 B-5 Q311 B-4 Q611 A-5 Q621 A-5 Q712 B-5 : Uses unleaded solder. w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com DVP-NS715P 4-39 SWITCHING REGULATOR HS12S1U HS12S1U (SWITCHING REGULATOR) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM • See page 4-37 for printed wiring board. – Ref. No.: HS12S1U board; 5,000 series – B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B+ B– B– B– B– 11 1 3.4 3.4 4.2 3.6 0 2.6 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 5.1 5.9 5.2 11 2.5 1.5 13 0 4.1 4.1 5.1 303.5 NO MARK: E-E MODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 POWER P-CONT EVER–13V MGND MGND SW+11V SW+11V SW+3.3V GND GND EVER+3.3V SW+5V EVER+11V CN201 13P C711 47uF 35V C614 47uF 35V C314 22uF 50V FG201 + + R711 1.8k Q712 DTC143ESA POWER CONTROL Q621 DTC143ESA Q611 2SC2655 B+ SWITCH Q311 2SD1768S B+ SWITCH R211 1.5k R622 120 R631 2.2k R622 (SHORT) R633 1.2k D622 SLR-343MC D621 SLR-343VC D621,622 (ON/STANDBY) LED DRIVE R621 680 R311 1k P311 1A/125V R213 680 R613 220 1/2W R313 270 R212 47k Q211 2SJ525 B+ SWITCH C413 47uF 35V C613 47uF 35V O O I G CT I G + + + C513 47uF 35V C511 100uF 35V + + + C213 47uF 35V + C211 150uF 35V + IC411 XC6201P352TH IC611 PQ12RF11 D611 D2S4M D311 D1NS4 D211 S3L20U D213 D1NS4/6 D313 1SS270A C223 47uF 35V + L511 10uH L211 10uH C313 47uF 35V + C611 330uF 35V + C111 10uF 50V C103 100pF 250V + + C311 150uF 35V + L221 100uH D212 RD33F L311 39uH C221 100uF 35V + R303 2.2k PC101 TLP421F R305 390 R304 1.2k R306 1.5k C301 1uF 50V C302 10uF 50V + C112 47uF 35V + IC301 AN1431T T101 D110 D1NL20U D103 MTZJ7.5 C117 1uF 50V C104 100pF 250V FG101 C151 150pF 2kV R110 10 R113 100 L103 45 IC101 MIP2E4DMY SWITCH D101 S1WBA60 L101 18mH SW201 C107 1000pF 250V C101 0.1uF 275V AC IN C110 120uF 200V F101 2A 125V HS12S1U BOARD 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 D221 D1NL20U D312 D1N60 D612 D1N60 D511 D2L20U R301 68 + 05 IC411 SHUNT REG IC101 IC611 SHUNT REG IC301 SHUNT REG POWER P511 1.5A/125V L102 18mH IF-92 BOARD CN401 (SEE PAGE 4-35) S 1 2 S C D CN101 2P 4-40 E w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-1 SECTION 5 IC PIN FUNCTION DESCRIPTION DVP-NS715P Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 39 SCL O I2C clock output 40 TRM+ - Not used 41 EUROV - Not used 42 EXT/DSEL O I/P select signal output 43 MD0 I Input of mode select 0 (fixed at “ H”) 44 MD1 I Input of mode select 1 (fixed at “ L”) 45 MD2 I Input of mode select 2 (fixed at “ L”) 46 DREQ0 I AV DEC DMA-REQ 0 input 47 DACK0 O AV DEC DMA-ACK 0 output 48 XDRVMUTE O Drive mute signal output 49 DREQ1 I AV DEC DMA-REQ 1 input 50 DACK1 O AV DEC DMA-ACK 1 output 51 XIFCS O IF CON Chip select signal output 52 VSS - Ground 53 X1 O Clock output (16.5 MHz) 54 X2 I Clock input (16.5 MHz) 55 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 56 CKSW1 - Not used 57 OCSW1 - Not used 58 CS0X O External ROM chip select signal output 59 CS1X O Extranal RAM chip select signal output 60 CS2X O AV DEC Chip select signal output 61 CS3X O AV DEC Chip select signal output 62 CS4X O ARP Chip select signal output 63 CS5X O SDSP Chip select signal output 64 VCCI - Power supply (+1.8 V) 65 CS6X - Not used 66 CS7X - Not used 67 XWAIT I Wait signal input 68 BGRNTX I Test terminal (fixed at “H”) 69 BRQ I Test terminal (fixed at “L”) 70 XRD O Read enable signal output 71 XWRH O High byte write enable signal output (16 bit and 8 bit) 72 XWRL O Lower byte write enable signal output Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 1-5 HA17-HA21 O Address bus A17-A21 6 HA22 - Not used 7 WP O I2C EEPROM write protect output 8 XSACS - Not used 9 AVCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 10 AVRH - Reference power supply (+3.3 V) 11 AVSS - Ground 12 AN0 I Set of mode 0 13 AN1 I Set of mode 1 14 AN2 I Set of mode 2 15 AN3 I S101 interrupt 16 INT0 I AV DEC Interrupt input 17 INT1 I ARP Interrupt input 18 INT2 I SDSP Interrupt input 19 INT3 - Not used 20 INT4 I IF CON Interrupt input 21 INT5 - Not used 22 INT6 - Not used 23 INT7 - Not used 24 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 25 SI0 I Serial bus 0 (data input) 26 SO0 O Serial bus 0 (data output) 27 SC0 O Serial bus 0 (clock output) 28 SI1 - Not used 29 SO1 O Serial bus 1 (data output) 30 SC1 O Serial bus 1 (clock output) 31 SI2 I Serial bus 2 (data input) 32 SO2 O Serial bus 2 (data output) 33 DSENS - Not used 34 VSS - Ground 35 XRST O System reset signal output 36 XARPRST O WIDE Select signal output 37 RGBSEL - Not used 38 SDA I/O I2C data input/output 5-1. SYSTEM CONTROL PIN FUNCTION (MB-103 BOARD IC103) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 5-2 E Pin No. Pin name I/O Function 73 NMIX I Not used (fixed at “H”) 74 VCCI - Power supply (+1.8 V) 75 VSS - Ground 76 XFRRST I IF CON Reset signal input 77 CPUCK O CPU clock signal output 78 OCSW2 - Not used 79 XDACS O DAC (2ch) chip select signal output 80 TRM– - Not used 81 48/44.1K O PLL FS control signal output 82 WIDE O Laser diode mute signal output 83 MA_MUTE O Audio mute signal output 84 SRAMWE O External RAM write enable signal output 85-92 HD0-HD7 I/O Data bus D0-D7 (16 bit only) 93-100 HD8-HD15 I/O Data bus D8-D15 (16 bit) , D0-D7 (8 bit) 101 VSS - Ground 102-109 HA0-HA7 O Address bus A00-A07 110 VCC - Power supply (+3.3 V) 111-118 HA8-HA15 O Address bus A08-A15 119 VSS - Ground 120 HA16 O Address bus A16 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-1 6-3. SYSCON DIAGNOSIS The same contents as board detail check by serial interface can be checked from the remote commander. On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [0] key on the remote com- mander, and the following check menu will be displayed. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu 0. Quit 1. All 2. Version 3. Peripheral 4. Servo 5. Supply 6. AV Decoder 7. Video 8. Audio _ 0. Quit Quit the Syscon Diagnosis and return to the Test Mode Menu. 1. All All items continuous check This menu checks all diagnostic items continuously. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another automatically unless an error is found, but at a certain item that requires judg- ment through a visual check to the result, the following screen is displayed for the key entry. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Diag All Check No. 2 Version 2-3. ROM Check Sum Check Sum = xxxx Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ For the ROM Check, the check sum calculated by the Syscon is output, and therefore you must compare it with the specified value for confirmation. Following the message, press > key to go to the next item, or . key to repeat the same check again. To quit the diagnosis and return to the Check Menu screen, press x or [ENTER] key. If an error occurred, the diagnosis is suspended and the error code is displayed as shown below. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 3-3. EEPROM Check Error 03: EEPROM Write/Reed N Address : 00000001 Write Data : 2492 Read Data : 2490 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ Press x key to quit the diagnosis, or . key to repeat the same item where an error occurred, or > key to continue the check from the item next to faulty item. 6-1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Test Mode allows you to make diagnosis and adjustment eas- ily using the remote commander and monitor TV. The instructions, diagnostic results, etc. are given on the on-screen display (OSD). 6-2. STARTING TEST MODE Press the [TOP MENU], [CLEAR], [POWER] keys on the remote commander in this order with the power of main unit in OFF sta- tus, and the Test Mode starts, then “DIAG START” will be dis- played on the fluorescent display tube and the menu shown below will be displayed on the TV screen. At the bottom of menu screen, the model name and revision number are displayed. Last Off at the lower right of screen indicates the information code concern- ing the last power off. To execute each function, select the desired menu and press its number on the remote commander. To exit from the Test Mode, press the [I/ ] key. Test Mode Menu 0. Syscon Diagnosis 1. Drive Auto Adjustment 2. Drive Manual Operation 3. Mecha Aging 4. Emargency Hisory 5. Version Information 6. Video Level Adjustment Exit: Power Key _ Model:DPX-16xxxx Revision:x.xxx Last Off: xx Power Off Information Code List 00 : Primary Power Off 01 : Power Off Request from SYSTEM CONTROL 02 : Power Off by Emergency Power Off Command from SYS- TEM CONTROL (if information is sent from SYSTEM CONTROL) 03 : IF CON Judged that SYSTEM CONTROL is Faulty 04 : Power Off from Diagnosis Mode of IF CON 05 : Forced Power Off by the User 06 : Power Off by Power Supply Voltage Monitor SECTION 6 TEST MODE DVP-NS715P 1 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-2 Submenu Selecting 2 and subsequent items calls the submenu screen of each item. Indication of “–” in the submenu means the check is not supported with the model. For example, if “5. Supply” is selected, the following submenu will be displayed. ### Syscon Diagnosis ### Check Menu No. 5 Supply 0. Quit 1. All 2. ARP Register Check 3. ARP to RAM Data Bus 4. ARP to RAM Address Bus 5. ARP RAM Check _ 0. Quit Quit the submenu and return to the main menu. 1. All All submenu items continuous check. This menu checks 2 and subsequent items successively. At the item where visual check is required for judgment or an error occurred, the checking is suspended and the message is output for key entry. Normally, all items are checked successively one after another au- tomatically unless an error is found. Selecting 2 and subsequent items executes respective menus and outputs the results. For the contents of each submenu, see “General Description of Checking Method” and “Check Items List”. General Description of Checking Method 2. Version (2-2) Revision ROM revision number is displayed. Error: Not detected. The revision number defined in the source file of ROM (IC106 or 107) is displayed with four digits. (2-3) ROM Check Sum Check sum is calculated. Error: Not detected. 8-bit data are added up to the ROM (IC106 or 107) address 0x000F0000 to 0x002EFFFF, and the result is displayed with 4-digit hexadecimal number. Error is not detected. Compare the result with the specified value. (2-4) Model Type Model code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The model code read from the EEPROM is displayed with 2-digit hexadecimal number. (2-5) Region Region code is displayed. Error: Not detected. The region code determined from the model code is dis- played. (2-6) Mount resistance confirmation check Error 22: region code discord Accordance between region codes, one is detected with model resistance and destination resistance, and the other is detected with region resistance, is check. If an error is detected, the region code determined with re- gion resistance is displayed at “write data” and the region code determined with model resistance and destination re- sistance is displayed at “read data”. 3. Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 03: EEPROM write/read discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the address 0x00 to 0xFF of the EEPROM and then read for checking. Be- fore writing, the data are saved, then after checking, they are written to restore the contents of EEPROM. (3-6) Venc Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 52: write and read data discord. Accessing to the SYSCON may be defective. (3-8) External RAM Check Test data write → read, and accord check Error 02: External RAM used for SYSCON is checked. 4. Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 12: Read data discord 0x9249, 0x2942 and 0x4294 are written to the RAM ad- dress 0x602 of the Servo DSP and then read for checking. Also, OPT type “1 LASER” or “2 LASER” is displayed. (4-3) Check is not supported. (4-4) RF Amp Register Check Date write → read and accord check Error 13: RF Amp resister write, and read data discord. After 0x01 is shifted to register which can read and write RF Amp for 8 bit operation, if write and read data are dis- cord once, the check is performed unsuccessfully. There may be a single piece of hardware is defective, mounted imperfect or not mounted. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-3 5. Supply (5-2) ARP Register Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 08: ARP register write, and read data discord Data 0x00 to 0xFF is written sequentially to the ARP TMAX register (address 0xC6) and then read for checking. (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus Data write → read, and accord check Error 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error Data 0x0001 to 0x8000 where one bit each is set to 1 are written to the address 0 of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked. In case of discord, written bit pattern and read data are displayed. If data where multiple bits are 1 are read, the bits concerned may touch each other. Further, if data where certain bit is always 1 or 0 regardless of written data, the line could be disconnected or shorted. (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus Data write → other address read discord check Error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error Caution: Address and data display in case of an error is different from the display of other diagnosis (de- scribed later). Before starting the test, all addresses of RAM (IC303) are cleared to 0x0000. First, 0xA55A is written to the address 0x00000, and the address data are read and checked from addresses 0x00001 to 0x80000 while shifting 1 bit each. Next, the data at that address is cleared, and it is written to the address 0x00001, and read and checked in the same manner. This check is repeated up to the address 0x80000 while shifting the ad- dress data by 1 bit each. If data other than 0 is read at the addresses except written address, an error is given because all addresses were al- ready cleared to 0. In this check, the error display pattern is different from that of other diagnosis; read data, written address, and read address are displayed in this order. How- ever, the message uses same template, and accordingly ex- change Address and Data when reading. The following dis- play, for example, ### Syscon Diagnosis ### 5-4. ARP to RAM Address Bus Error 10: ARP - RAM Address B Address : 0000A55A Write Data : 00000000 Read Data : 00080000 Press NEXT Key to Continue Press PREV Key to Repeat _ shows the data 0xA55A was read from address 0x00080000 though it was written to the address 0x00000000. This im- plies that these addresses are in the form of shadow. Also, if the read data is not 0xA55A, another error will be present. (5-5) ARP RAM Check Data write → read, and accord check Error 11: ARP RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM are copied to all areas of RAM (IC303) connected to the ARP (IC301) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they ac- cord. If the detail check was selected initially, the data are written to all areas and read, then the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 11, and the test is suspended. 6. AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM Data write → read, and accord check Error 14: AVD RAM read data discord The program code data stored in ROM (IC106 or 107) are copied to all areas of RAM (IC404, IC406) connected to the AVD (IC403) through the bus, then they are read and checked if they accord. Further, the same test is conducted once again with the data where all bits are inverted between 1 and 0. If discord is detected, faulty address, written data, and read data are displayed following the error code 14, and the test is suspended. During the test, OSD display becomes blank as the OSD area is also checked. (6-3) 1935 SP ROM → AVD RAM → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The data including sub picture streams in ROM (IC106 or IC107) are transferred to the RAM (IC404, IC406) in AVD (IC403), and output as video signals from the AVD (IC403). Though OSD display becomes blank, the output of video signals continues until the key is pressed. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/ C, Component) except EURO AV terminal. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-4 7. Video (7-2) Color Bar AVD color bar command write → Video OUT Error: Not detected. The command is transferred to the AVD, and the color bar signals are output from video terminals. They are output from all video terminals (Composite, Y/C, Component) except EURO AV terminal. 8. Audio (8-2) ARP → 1935 Error15 : ARP → 1935 video NG 16 : ARP → 1935 audio NG (8-3) Test Tone Pink noise output Error: not detected Test tone is output, from only L and R2 channels of the model without DD output function, and from Ls and Rs of two channels of DD model. After setting all outputs to ON, check for each channel is performed individually by pressing > to switch the out- put channel. Check Items List 2) Version (2-2) Revision (2-3) ROM Check Sum (2-4) Model Type (2-5) Region (2-6) M’t Check 3) Peripheral (3-2) EEPROM Check (3-6) Venc Check (3-8) External RAM Check 4) Servo (4-2) Servo DSP Check (4-3) ––––––– (function not support) (4-4) RF Amp Register Check 5) Supply (5-2) ARP Register Check (5-3) ARP to RAM Data Bus (5-4) ARP to RAM Address Bus (5-5) ARP RAM Check 6) AV Decoder (6-2) 1935 RAM (6-3) 1935 SP 7) Video (7-2) Color Bar 8) Audio (8-2) ARP → 1935 (8-3) Test Tone Error Codes List 00: Error not detected 01: RAM write/read data discord 02: Gate array NG 03: EEPROM NG 04: Flash memory clear error 05: Flash memory write error 06: Flash memory read data discord 08: ARP register read data discord 09: ARP ←→ RAM data bus error 10: ARP ←→ RAM address bus error 11: ARP RAM read data discord 12: Servo DSP NG 13: RF Amp NG 14: SDRAM NG 15: ARP → 1935 video NG 16: ARP → 1935 audio NG 1A: System call error (function not supported) 1B: System call error (parameter error) 1C: System call error (illegal ID number) 20: System call error (time out) 22: Resistance incorrect mounting 52: Video Encoder W/R NG 55: External RAM W/R NG 90: Error occurred 91: User verification NG 92: Diagnosis cancelled. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-5 6-4. DRIVE AUTO ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, press [1] key on the remote com- mander, and the drive auto adjustment menu will be displayed. ## Drive Auto Adjustment ## Adjustment Menu 0. ALL 1. DVD-SL 2. CD 3. DVD-DL 4. LCD Exit: RETURN Normally, [0] is selected to adjust DVD (single layer), CD, DVD (dual layer) in this order. But, individual items can be adjusted for the case where adjustment is suspended due to an error. In this mode, the adjustment can be made easily through the operation following the message displayed on the screen. Which disc is cur- rently adjusted is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. The disc used for adjustment must be the one specified for adjust- ment. 0. ALL You will be asked if EEPROM data are initialized or not, and for this prompt, select [0] and press the [ENTER] key. First , the servo setting data in EEPROM, Emergency History and Hour Meter are cleared to initialize. Then, 1. DVD-SL disc, 2. CD disc, and 3. DVD-DL disc are adjusted in this order. Each time one disc was adjusted, it is ejected, and therefore exchange the disc following the message. You can exit the adjustment by pressing the x button. In adjusting each disc, the mirror time is measured to check the disk type. In the auto adjustment, whether the disc type is correct is not checked unlike conventional models, and accordingly, take care not to insert a different type of disc. 1. DVD-SL (single layer) Select [1], insert DVD single layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Single Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory SL 3. Set Disc Type SL 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Focus ON 0 with PI Level Musure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. EQ Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. RF Level Measure 21. Jitter Measure 22. Eep Copy Loop Filter Offset 23. All Servo Stop www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-6 2. CD Select [2], insert CD disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjust- ment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted val- ues will be written to the EEPROM. CD Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory CD 3. Set Disc Type CD 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Focus Error Check 7. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level Mesure 8. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 9. Trv Level Check 10. Tracking ON 11. CLVA ON 12. Sled ON 13. Auto focus Blance Adjust 14. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 15. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 16. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 17. Eq Boost Adjust 18. Auto Loop Filter Offset Adjust 19. Auto Track Gain Adjust 20. Copy Adjustment Data to LCD 21. RF Level Measure 22. Jitter Measure 23. All Servo Stop 3. DVD-DL (dual layer) Select [3], insert DVD dual layer disc, and press [ENTER] key, and the adjustment will be made through the following steps, then adjusted values will be written to the EEPROM. DVD Dual Layer Disc Adjustment Steps 1. Sled Reset 2. Disc Check Memory DL 3. Set Disc Type DL DVD DL Layer 1 Adjust 4. Spdl Start 5. LD ON 6. Fcs ON 1 with PI Level Mesure 7. Auto Track Offset Adjust L1 8. Tracking ON 9. Clva ON 10. Sled ON 11. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 12. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L1 13. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L1 14. Eq Boost Adjust L1 15. Auto Track Gain Adjust L1 16. Jitter Measure DVD DL Layer 0 Adjust 17. Focus Jump (L1 → L0) 18. Auto Track Offset Adjust L0 19. Tracking ON 20. Clva ON 21. Sled ON 22. Auto Focus Balance Adjust 23. Auto Focus Gain Adjust L0 24. Auto Focus Balance Adjust L0 25. Eq Boost Adjust L0 26. Auto Track Gain Adjust L0 27. Jitter Measure 28. All Servo Stop 4. LCD (SACD) No adjustments, because the adjusted data of CD are reflected to LCD disc and the adjusted data of CD and DVD-DL are reflected to SACD (hybrid disc). www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-7 6-5. DRIVE MANUAL OPERATION On the Test Mode Menu screen, select [2], and the manual opera- tion menu will be displayed. For the manual operation, each servo on/off control and adjustment can be executed manually. ## Drive Manual Operation ## Operation Menu 1. Disc type 2. Servo Control 3. Track/Layer Jump 4. Manual Adjustment 5. Auto Adjustment 6. Memory Check 0. Disc Check Memory Exit: RETURN In using the manual operation menu, take care of the following points. These commands do not provide protection, thus requiring correct operation. The sector address or time code field is dis- played when a disc is loaded. 1. Set correctly the disc type to be used on the Disc Type screen. The disc type must be set after a disc was loaded. The set disc type is cleared when the tray is opened. 2. After power ON, if the Drive Manual Operation was se- lected, first perform “Reset SLED TILT” by opening 1. Disc Type screen. 3. In case of an alarm, immediately press the x button to stop the servo operation, and turn the power OFF. Basic operation (controllable from front panel or remote com- mander) [I/ ] Power OFF x Servo stop A Stop+Eject/Loading [ RETURN] Return to Operation Menu or Test Mode Menu > , . Transition between sub modes of menu [1] to [9], [0] Selection of menu items Cursor ↓ / ↑ Increase/Decrease in manually adjusted value 0. Disc Check Memory Disc Check 1. SL Disc Check 2. CD Disc Check 3. DL Disc Check 0. Reset SLED TILT On this screen, the mirror time is measured and written to the EEPROM to check the disc type. First, set a DVD SL disc and press [1], then set a CD disc and press [2], and finally set a DVD DL disc and press [3]. The measured mirror time is displayed re- spectively. The adjustment must be executed more than once after default data were written. From this screen, you can go to another mode by pressing > or . key, but you cannot enter this mode from another mode. You can enter this mode from the Operation Menu screen only. 1. Disc Type Disc Type Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT EMG. 00 On this screen, select the disc type. To select the disc type, press the number of the loaded disc. The selected disc type is displayed at the bottom. Selecting [1] automatically selects and displays the disc type. In case of wrong display, retry “Disc Check Memory”. Also, opening the tray causes the set disc type to be cleared. In this case, set the disc type again after loading. In performing manual operation, the disc type must be set. Once the disc type has been selected, the sector address or time code display field will appear as shown below. These values are displayed when PLL is locked. Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT SA.------ SI.-- EMG.00 DVD SL 12cm Display when DVD SL 12cm disc was selected 1 O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-8 Disc Type 1. Disc Type Auto Check 2. DVD SL 12cm 3. DVD DL 12cm 4. CD 12cm 5. SACD 12cm 6. DVD SL 8cm 7. DVD DL 8cm 8. CD 8cm 9. LCD 8cm 0. Reset SLED TILT TC. --:--:-- EMG.00 CD 12cm Display when CD 12cm disc was selected [0] Reset SLED TILT Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(This model does not have Tilt device, so reset only the Sled to initial position.) [1] Disc Type Check Judge automatically the loaded disc. As the judged result is displayed at the bot- tom of screen, make sure that it is cor- rect. If Disc Check Memory menu has not been executed after EEPROM default setting, the disc type cannot be judged. In this case, return to the initial menu and make a check for three types of discs (SL, DL, CD). [2] to [9] Select the loaded disc. The adjusted value is written to the address of se- lected disc. No further entry is neces- sary if [1] was selected. 2. Servo Control Servo Control 1. LD Off R. Sled FWD 2. SP Off L. Sled REV 3. Focus Off 4. TRK. Off 5. Sled Off 6. CLVA Off 7. FCS. Srch Off 0. Reset SLED TILT SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, the servo on/off control necessary for replay is executed. Normally, turn on each servo from 1 sequentially and when CLVA is turned on, the usual trace mode becomes active. In the trace mode, DVD sector address or CD time code is displayed. This is not displayed where the spindle is not locked. The spindle could run overriding the control if the spindle system is faulty or RF is not present. In such a case, do not operate CLVA. [0] Reset SLED TILT Reset the Sled and Tilt to initial position.(This model does not have Tilt device, so reset only the Sled to initial position.) [1] LD Turn ON/OFF the laser. [2] SP Turn ON/OFF the spindle. [3] Focus Search the focus and turn on the focus. [4] TRK Turn ON/OFF the tracking servo. [5] Sled Turn ON/OFF the sled servo. If PLL is not locked (or can not be locked), the sled servo does not be turned ON. (Indication remains as OFF) [6] CLVA Turn ON/OFF normal servo of spindle servo. [7] FCS. Srch Apply same voltage as that of focus search to the focus drive to check the focus drive system. → Sled FWD Move the sled outward. Perform this operation with the tracking servo turned off. ← Sled REV Move the sled inward. Perform this op- eration with the tracking servo turned off. 3. Track/Layer Jump Tracking/Layer Jump 1. 1Tj FWD R. Fj (L1 → L0) 2. 1Tj REV L. Fj (L0 → L1) 3. 2Tj FWD U. Lj (L1 → L0) 4. 2Tj REV D. Lj (L0 → L1) 5. NTj FWD 6. NTj REV 7. 500Tj FWD 8. 500Tj REV 9. 10k/20k FWD 0. 10k/20k REV SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, track jump, etc. can be performed. Only for the DVD-DL, the focus jump and layer jump are displayed in the right field. [1] 1Tj FWD 1-track jump forward. [2] 1Tj REV 1-track jump reverse. [3] 2Tj FWD 2-track jump forward. [4] 2Tj REV 2-track jump reverse. [5] NTj FWD N-track jump forward. [6] NTj REV N-track jump reverse. [7] 500Tj FWD Fine search forward. [8] 500Tj REV Fine search reverse. [9] 10k/20k FWD Direct search forward. [0] 10k/20k REV Direct search reverse. – The following commands are valid for DVD-DL disc only – → Fj (L1 → L0) Focus jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-9 ← Fj (L0 → L1) Focus jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo OFF) ↑ Lj (L1 → L0) Layer jump forward. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) ↓ Lj (L0 → L1) Layer jump reverse. (Trk/Sled Servo ON) 4. Manual Adjustment Manual Adjustment:Up/Down 1. TRK. Offset 2. Focus Gain 3. TRK. Gain 4. Focus Offset 5. Focus Balance 6. L.F. Offset 7. Analog FRSW 8. PLL Dac Gain 9. EQ BOOST 0. GD ADJ Adjustment: Up/Down SA. ------ SI. -- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12cm Jitter FF On this screen, each item can be adjusted manually. Select the desired number [1] to [0] from the remote commander, and cur- rent setting for the selected item will be displayed, then increase or decrease numeric value with ↑ key or ↓ key. This value is stored in the EEPROM. If CLV has been applied, the jitter is dis- played for reference for the adjustment. [1] TRK. Offset Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Focus Gain Adjusts focus gain. [3] TRK. Gain Adjusts track gain. [4] Focus Offset Adjusts focus offset. [5] Focus Balance Adjusts focus balance. [6] L.F. Offset Adjusts loop filter offset. [7] Analog FRSW Sets the shifting switch for analog feed- back circuit. [8] PLL Dac Gain Adjusts PLL D/A converter gain. [9] EQ BOOST Adjusts amount of boost of equalizer. [0] GD ADJ Adjusts amount of group delay 5. Auto Adjustment Auto Adjustment 1. Auto TRK. Offset 2. Auto Focus Balance 3. Auto Focus Offset 4. Auto Focus Gain 5. Auto TRK. Gain 6. Auto EQ 7. Auto L.F. Offset 8. Auto Group Delay SA.------ SI.-- EMG. 00 DVD SL 12 cm On this screen, each item can be adjusted automatically. Select the desired number [1] to [8] from the remote commander, and se- lected item is adjusted automatically. [1] Auto TRK. Offset Adjusts tracking offset. [2] Auto Focus Balance Adjusts focus balance. [3] Auto Focus Offset Adjusts focus offset. [4] Auto Focus Gain Adjusts focus gain. [5] Auto TRK. Gain Adjusts track gain. [6] Auto EQ [7] Auto L.F. Offset Adjusts loop filter offset. [8] Auto Group Delay 6. Memory Check Display images are shown as follows, and all three screens are able to switch. EEPROM DATA 1 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Focus Gain xx xx xx xx xx TRK. Gain xx xx xx xx xx FCS Balnce xx xx xx xx xx Focus Bias xx xx xx xx xx TRV Offset xx xx xx xx xx L.F. Offset xx xx xx xx xx EQ. Boost xx xx xx xx xx _ UP : Last Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.1/3 EEPROM DATA 2 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 RF Jitter xx -- xx xx xx RF Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Level xx -- xx -- -- FE Balance xx -- xx -- -- TRV.Level xx -- xx -- -- TE Gain xx xx -- -- -- PI Level xx -- xx xx -- _ UP : PREV Data DOWN : Next Data CLEAR : Default Set page.2/3 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-10 EEPROM DATA 3 -– DL -– CD LCD SL L0 L1 Analog FRSW xx xx xx xx xx PLL Dac Gain xx xx xx xx xx Mirror Time xx xx xx xx xx _ THR A&L xx xx xx/xx xx xx UP : PREV Data DOWN : First Data CLEAR : DefaultSet page.3/3 On this screen, current servo adjusted data stored in the EEPROM are displayed. The adjusted data are initialized by pressing the [CLEAR] key, but be careful that they are not recoverable after initialization. Before clearing the adjusted data, make a note of the set data. This screen will also appear if [0] All is selected in the Drive Auto Adjustment. In this case, default setting cannot be made. Data of “THR A & L” on page 3/3 can not be changed if default set is done. 6-6. MECHA AGING ### Mecha Aging ### Press OPEN key Abort: STOP key On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [3] executes the aging of mechanism. First, open the tray and load a disc. Press the H key, and the aging will start. During aging, the repeat cycle is displayed. Aging can be aborted at any time by pressing the x key. After the operation has stopped, unload the disc and press again the x key or the [ RETURN] key to return to the Test Mode Menu. 6-7. EMERGENCY HISTORY ### EMG. History ### Laser Hours CD xxhxxm DVD xxhxxm 1. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 2. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Select: 1-9 Scroll: UP/DOWN (1: Last EMG.) Exit: RETURN On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [4] displays the infor- mation such as servo emergency history. The history information from last 1 up to 10 can be scrolled with ↑ key or ↓ key. Also, specific information can be displayed by directly entering that number with ten keys. The upper two lines display the laser ON total hours. Data below minutes are omitted. Clearing History Information Clearing laser hours Press [DISPLAY] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Both CD and DVD data are cleared. Clearing emergency history Press [TOP MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. Initializing set up data Press [MENU] and [CLEAR] keys in this order. The data have been initialized when “Set Up Initialized” mes- sage is displayed. The EMG. History screen will be restored soon. O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-11 6-10. IF CON SELF DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION 1. IF-92 BOARD (IF CON) TEST MODE The front board test mode is the IF CON self diagnostic mode. The IF CON can diagnose the functions of the front panel boards that the IF CON controls. Normally, the IF CON makes a serial communication with the SYSTEM CONTROL and operates fol- lowing the commands from the SYSTEM CONTROL, but in the Test mode, the IF CON operates independently from the SYS- TEM CONTROL. In the Test mode, the following functions can be checked. 1. Button function 2. Remote commander receiving function 3. SYSTEM CONTROL-IF CON serial communication 4. Click shuttle function 5. Fluorescent display tube lighting check Grid check Anode check 6. LED control function In the Test mode, the set operates same as usual, except voltage monitoring, communication monitoring, display of fluorescent display tube, and LED control. 1. The routine that monitors +3.3 V (P-CONT) of MB-103 board is not provided. 2. The monitoring timer for serial communication with the SYS- TEM CONTROL is not provided. The set is not placed in the Standby mode, even if the communication with SYSTEM CONTROL is normal. 3. Display of fluorescent display tube (normally, display is made following the commands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 4. LED control (normally, control is made following the com- mands from SYSTEM CONTROL) 2. OPERATION OF SELF CHECK MODE The Self Check mode is the function to conduct the basic test to the FL display and DVD panel section. 2-1. Self Check Mode Transition Processing At the AC Power ON after IF CON (IC404) was reset, the input to 10pin (SELF CHECK) is judged and if “Low” is entered, the main unit transits to the Self Check mode. In this port input judgment, the result of 3-time attempts must be same (assuming that the MB- 103 and AV-63 boards are not connected). While pressing the x key on the main unit with the IF CON in STANDBY mode, enter [ RETURN] → [DISPLAY] (or [SET UP]) on the remote com- mander, and the unit transits to the Self Check Mode. The Self Check mode terminates when the IF CON transits to the STANDBY mode. 6-8. VERSION INFORMATION ### Version Infomation ### IF con. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Group xx SYScon. Ver.x.xxx(xxxx) Model xx Region 0x Servo DSP Ver: x.xxx AVD ucode Ver: xxxxxxxx OPT TYPE : x LASER Exit : RETURN The ROM version, region code, OPT type, etc. are displayed if [5] is selected in the Test Mode Menu. The parenthesized hexadecimal number in the version number field indicates the checksum value of the ROM. Note : After down loading ROM data, sometimes it happens that checksum is not the same as that of ROM data which has been down loaded. In such a case, go back to the menu and select “0. Syscon Diagnosis”, then select “1. All” in “2. Version”. If the result of this operation does not give an agreement, it must be either Down Load error or ROM error. 6-9. VIDEO LEVEL ADJUSTMENT On the Test Mode Menu screen, selecting [6] displays color bars for video level adjustment. During display of color bars, OSD dis- appears but the menu screen will be restored if pressing any key. O www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-12 2-2. Operation of Auto Self Check When the Self Check mode becomes active at the AC Power ON or by key input, the test display of the following steps (1) to (4) is repeated. (1) FLD and LED all ON (for 5 seconds) (2) MODEL display (for 2 seconds) (3) Version display (for 2 seconds) (4) ROM creation date display (for 2 seconds) VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-13 2-3. Each Self Check Function Each Self Check function tests the FLD display, LED display, and key input. 2-3-1. FLD and LED All ON 2-3-1-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • x key and A key on the main unit • ← key on the main unit and the remote commander 2-3-1-2. Operation and Display In this mode, all LEDs except STANDBY LED and all segments of FLD turn ON. Example of FLD all ON 2-3-2. Main Unit Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-2-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Keys on main unit except keys transited in self check 2-3-2-2. Operation and Display When a key on the main unit is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. FLD display (at input of H key on the main unit) Input IC404: Pin No. (Signal) Voltage [V] Pin ed (CURSOR) Pin ef (O/C) Pin eg (PLAY) Pin eh (DISPLAY) Pin ej (POWER) 0 – 0.2 ENTER OPNE/CLOSE PLAY STOP POWER 0.6 – 0.82 DOWN PREVIOUS – DISPLAY TVS 1.16 – 1.47 LEFT PAUSE – MENU PVEQ 1.8 – 2.12 UP NEXT – RETURN – 2.48 – 2.7 RIGHT – – TOP MENU – 3.3 – – – – – VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MP 3 MULTI SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-14 Key code display (at input of H key, Key code: 0Ah) At input of faulty voltage When two keys are pressed 2-3-3. Remote Commander Key Name Display and Key Code Display 2-3-3-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Remote commander keys except keys transited in self check 2-3-3-2. Operation and Display When a key on the remote commander is pressed in the Self Check mode, the name of that key is displayed on the FLD. Also, the key name display and the key code display can be switched with the [DISPLAY] key on the remote commander. “NOTHING” is dis- played when nothing is entered. Also, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on when a communication error occurred. Remote commander key name display (at input of X key) Remote commander key code display (at input of X key, Key code: 39h) VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-15 2-3-4. Communication Monitoring Display The communication state is monitored and displayed while the key name on the main unit and the remote commander is displayed. When the communication to the System Controller failed, VIDEO CD, DVD, and CD segments turn on. Communication error display (at no key input) Communication error display (at code display without input of the remote commander) 2-3-5. FLD Anode Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-5-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • → on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Anode Test dis- play (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-5-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when → key is en- tered. Only the first segment of each grid of FLD turns on, and each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the segment of each grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the seg- ment switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direction. This tests whether each segment turns on individually. Display at the start of Anode Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B VCD DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-16 2-3-6. FLD Grid Test Display and SHUTTLE Click Operation Test 2-3-6-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ↑ on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during Grid Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-6-2. Operation and Display The Self Check mode transits to this mode when ↑ key is en- tered. The first grid of FLD all turns on and other grids turn off. Each time the SHUTTLE is entered, the grid is switched in order. When SHUTTLE input is clockwise, the grid switches in 1 → 2 → 3 direction, or counterclockwise it switches in 3 → 2 → 1 direc- tion. This tests whether each grid turns on individually. Display at the start of Grid Test ↓ (Input in CW direction) 2-3-7. LED Test Display 2-3-7-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • ↓ on the main unit and the remote commander • SHUTTLE on the remote commander during LED Test display (This model does not provide JOG/SHUTTLE, and therefore use another DVD remote commander having the JOG/ SHUTTLE) 2-3-7-2. Operation and Display LED is switched in order by the input of JOG/SHUTTLE. Also, LED ON/OFF is switched by the input of same key as the function that turns on the LED concerned. FLD display during LED Test 2-3-8. Beep Sound Test 2-3-8-1. Transition Keys in Self Check Mode • Input of a key on main unit 2-3-8-2. Operation and Display In the Self Check mode, each time a key on the main unit is en- tered, a beep sound of 1kHz (100ms) is generated. VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM GROUP TITLE TRACK CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR MIN SEC A- B DVD CD www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-17 a f h g e r p n s c col m d Dp j k b 13G P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 ANODE CONNECTION ( 12G~1G ) 12G 11G VCD DVD CD MP 3 MULTI SHUFFLE PROGRESSIVE REPEAT 1 B A- PGM ; Digital 2G 3G 4G 5G 6G 7G 8G 10G 11G 12G a a a a a a a a a a h h h h h h h h h h j j j j j j j j j j k k k k k k k k k k b b b b b b b b b b f f f f f f f f f f m m m m m m m m m m s s s s s s s s s s g g g g g g g g g g c c c c c c c c c c e e e e e e e e e e n n n n n n n n n n p p p p p p p p p p r r r r r r r r r r d d d d - col d d d d d d Dp col 1G a h j k b f m s g c e n p r d - Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp Dp - - - - - - - GROUP TITLE CHAP INDEX ANGLE NTSC HOUR - MIN - - SEC 9G a h j k b f m s g c e n p r d Dp - TRACK GROUP TITLE 10G TRACK 9G CHAP 8G INDEX 7G ANGLE 6G NTSC 5G HOUR 4G 3G MIN 2G 1G SEC VCD PROGRESSIVE MULTI MP 3 SHUFFLE REPEAT 1 ;Digital PGM A- B DVD CD 13G www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 6-18 6-11. TROUBLESHOOTING 6-11-1. Cannot Enter Test Mode You cannot enter the Test mode when either button has been pressed by any reason with the board assembled in the front panel. In this state, the power does not turn on even under normal condition (the unit is kept in standby state), and also no button is active and the remote commander is not accepted. In this case, disconnect the MB-103 board and AV-63 board, and with the SELF CHECK (pin 0) of IF CON (IC404) on the IF-92 board kept in low state, sup- ply AC, and the IF CON self-diagnosis mode will be forcibly acti- vated. The IF CON (IC404) checks the SELF CHECK port only after the power on reset (only at AC supply, not in standby state). If any button is pressed, its name is displayed on the fluorescent display tube. But, if other than “NOTHING” is displayed though no button is pressed, it means that any button has been pressed. 6-11-2. Faults in Test Mode (MB-103 board) 1. The test mode menu is not displayed. 1-1. Board visual check Check that the ICs of SYSCON (IC104), ROM (IC106 or IC107), AVD (IC403), ARP & SERVO (IC301) are working correctly. Check that outside appearance of the ICs is normal. Check that IC pins are not short-circuited. Check that there is no soldering error. Check that outside appearance of the capacitors and resistors is normal. 1-2. Power supply voltage check Check the power voltage of the power connector (CN102). Check the power voltage of SYSCON (IC104). Check the power voltage of ROM (IC106 or IC107). Check the power voltage of AVD (IC403). Check the power voltage of ARP & SERVO (IC301). If the power voltage has any abnormality t Check that the power supply lines are not shorted. Check that there is no soldering error. If any abnormality cannot be found still t Check that each IC is working normally. 1-3. Clock signal check Measure the clock signal frequency at CPUCK (CL101) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the 8.25 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine ac- cording to section 1-3-1 If the 33 MHz signal appears. t Check the machine accord- ing to section 1-3-2. If other frequencies are output. R110 and R113 have defective soldering, X101 crystal os- cillator is defective. If the measurement point is fixed to either “H” or “L”. t Observe XFRRST (pin-uh) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If the measurement point is “L”, check the following items. If the IC has defective soldering, if the IC is short-circuited. If the measurement point is “H”, t Component X101 or SYSCON (IC104) is defective. 1-3-1. When the 8.25 MHz signal appears at CPUCK • Check the XRD, XWRH and CS0X signal. Observe XRD (pin-u;), XWRH (pin-ua), and CS0X (pin-tk) of SYSCON (IC104) with an oscilloscope. If these pins are fixed to either “L” (0V) or “H” (3.3V), or if these pins stay in the center voltage, check the followings. Check if the signal line does not have the defective solder- ing. Check if the signal line is short-circuited with other signal lines. If you cannot find any problem t SYSCON (IC104) is defective. • HA [0 to 21] signal and HD [0 to 15] signal check Observe HA [0 to 21] (pins- Check S-terminal video output. If it is incorrect, pictures will not be displayed correctly in spite of connection to the TV with a S- terminal cable. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-3 4. Checking S Video Output S-C This checks whether the S-C satisfies the NTSC Standard. If it is not correct, the colors will be too dark or light. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point S VIDEO OUT (S-C) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification A = 286 ± 30 mVp-p (NTSC) Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the S-C burst is “A”. Figure 7-4 7-2. ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO SYSTEM 1. Video Level Adjustment (MB-103 BOARD) This adjustment is made to satisfy the NTSC standard, and if not adjusted correctly, the brightness will be too large or small. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point LINE OUT (VIDEO) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV501 Specification 1.00 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV501 to attain 1.00 Vp-p. Figure 7-1 2. Progressive Video Output Level Adjustment (MB-103 BOARD) This adjustments progressive video output. If it is incorrect, cor- rect brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Adjusting element RV502 Specification 1.00 Vp-p Adjusting method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “7” Prog Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Adjust the RV502 to attain 1.00 Vp-p Figure 7-2 +0.04 –0.02 A +0.04 –0.02 1.00 Vp-p +0.04 –0.02 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p + 0.04 – 0.02 + 0.04 – 0.02 1.00 Vp-p + 0.04 – 0.02 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-3 5. Checking Component Video Output Y This checks component video output Y. If it is incorrect, correct brightness will not be attained when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (Y) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the Y level is 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p. Figure 7-5 6. Checking Component Video Output B-Y This checks component video output B-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PB) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 648 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the B-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Figure 7-6 7. Checking Component Video Output R-Y This checks component video output R-Y. If it is incorrect, cor- rect colors will not be displayed when connected to, for instance, projector. Mode Video level adjustment in test mode Signal Color bars Test point COMPONENT VIDEO OUT (PR) connector (75 Ω terminated) Instrument Oscilloscope Specification 648 ± 50 mVp-p Checking method: 1) In the test mode initial menu “6” Video Level Adjustment, set so that color bars are generated. 2) Confirm that the R-Y level is 700 ± 50 mVp-p. Figure 7-7 648 ± 50 mVp-p 648 ± 50 mVp-p 1.00 ± 0.05 Vp-p www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 7-6 E 7-3. ADJUSTMENT RELATED PARTS ARRANGEMENT MB-103 BOARD (SIDE A) HS12S1U BOARD (SIDE A) RV502 RV501 CS OUT COMP OUT 13 1 CN201 IC403 w w w . x i a o y u 1 6 3 . c o m Q Q 3 7 6 3 1 5 1 5 0 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 T E L 1 3 9 4 2 2 9 6 5 1 3 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-1 DVP-NS715P NOTE: • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • Color Indication of Appearance Parts Example: KNOB, BALANCE (WHITE) . . . (RED) ↑ ↑ Parts Color Cabinet's Color • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. • The mechanical parts with no reference number in the exploded views are not supplied. • Accessories and packing materials are given in the last of the electrical parts list. SECTION 8 REPAIR PARTS LIST 8-1. EXPLODED VIEWS The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 8-1-1. FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 9 3-059-349-11 LEG CUSHION 10 X-3952-245-1 PANEL ASSY, FRONT 11 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 12 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 13 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 14 1-477-211-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145A) 15 3-071-119-11 CASE, BATTERY (for RMT-D145A) 1 X-3952-392-1 COVER ASSY, TRAY 2 3-066-225-11 SONY BADGE (5-A) 3 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 4 3-070-883-11 SCREW, TAPPING 5 3-073-832-31 CASE 6 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 7 1-786-131-11 SWITCH, TACTILE 8 3-073-491-01 KNOB, CURSOR 1 2 3 4 4 11 12 14 15 5 6 3 9 10 13 6 7 8 Mechanism deck not supplied www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-2 52 52 53 54 55 55 52 52 52 52 51 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied 8-1-2. CHASSIS ASSEMBLY Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 54 3-073-182-02 BUSHING, CODE 55 3-970-608-51 SUMITITE (B3), +BV 0*51 1-468-650-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) 52 3-970-608-01 SUMITITE (B3), +BVS 0 53 1-783-531-31 CORD, POWER www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-3 8-1-3. MECHANISM DECK ASSEMBLY Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark 103 3-067-344-01 INSULATOR SCREW 0104 A-6062-709-A KHM-270AAA SERVICE ASSY 101 A-6060-556-A LOADING ASSY (T) 102 3-053-847-11 INSULATOR The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 101 102 102 102 103 103 104 103 not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied not supplied www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-4 NOTE: • Due to standardization, replacements in the parts list may be different from the parts speci- fied in the diagrams or the components used on the set. • -XX and -X mean standardized parts, so they may have some difference from the original one. • RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms. METAL: Metal-film resistor. METAL OXIDE: Metal oxide-film resistor. F: nonflammable • Not all of the parts for POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) are listed. • Items marked “*” are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when order- ing these items. • SEMICONDUCTORS In each case, u: µ, for example: uA. . : µA. . uPA. . : µPA. . uPB. . : µPB. . uPC. . : µPC. . uPD. . : µPD. . • CAPACITORS uF: µF • COILS uH: µH 8-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number speci- fied. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiquens pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board. AV-63 AV-63 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C101 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C102 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C103 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C109 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C110 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C111 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C112 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C113 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C114 1-107-725-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C126 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C201 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C202 1-163-135-00 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C203 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C204 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C205 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C206 1-163-257-11 CERAMIC CHIP 180PF 5% 50V C207 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C208 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C209 1-126-960-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C222 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C223 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C224 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C227 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C228 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C229 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C231 1-126-934-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 16V C232 1-163-259-91 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C233 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C234 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V C242 1-126-924-11 ELECT 330uF 20% 6.3V C244 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 16V < CONNECTOR > * CN202 1-568-934-11 PIN, CONNECTOR 7P < DIODE > D101 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D102 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D103 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D104 8-719-071-15 DIODE HZM6.8ZWA1TL D201 8-719-914-43 DIODE DAN202K-T-146 D202 8-719-914-44 DIODE DAP202K-T-146 D205 8-719-988-61 DIODE 1SS355TE-17 < TERMINAL > * ET101 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH * ET202 1-537-738-21 TERMINAL, EARTH < IC > IC101 8-759-662-86 IC NJM79M05DL1A (TE2) IC102 6-701-820-01 IC LA73053-TLM-E IC201 8-759-909-71 IC BA4558F-E2 IC203 8-759-711-59 IC NJM78L05UA-TE1 IC204 8-749-017-31 IC GP1FA550TZ < JACK > J101 1-815-362-21 JACK, PIN (6P) (LINE OUT) J103 1-694-484-21 TERMINAL, S (2P.V) (S VIDEO OUT) J104 1-815-360-11 JACK, PIN 3P (COMPONENT VIDEO OUT) J201 1-793-446-21 JACK, PIN 1P (DIGITAL OUT-COAXIAL) < SHORT > JR100 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR101 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR102 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR103 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR104 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR105 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR106 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR107 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR108 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR109 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < COIL > L101 1-412-064-11 INDUCTOR 100uH < TRANSISTOR > Q104 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q105 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX Q106 8-729-424-18 TRANSISTOR UN2113-TX www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-5 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark AV-63 IF-92 Q107 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q201 8-729-049-31 TRANSISTOR 2SB710A-RTX Q202 8-729-421-19 TRANSISTOR UN2213-TX Q203 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q204 8-729-027-53 TRANSISTOR DTC124TKA-T146 Q205 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX Q207 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q208 6-550-137-01 TRANSISTOR 2SD1938 (F)-ST (TX).SO Q211 8-729-230-49 TRANSISTOR 2SC2712-YG-TE85L Q216 8-729-424-02 TRANSISTOR 2SB709A-QRS-TX < RESISTOR > R115 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-061-91 RES-CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R126 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R127 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R131 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R133 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R134 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R157 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R158 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R159 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R162 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R169 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R170 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R201 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R202 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R203 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R204 1-208-798-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 0.5% 1/10W R205 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R206 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R207 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R208 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R209 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-057-00 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R211 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R212 1-208-800-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 0.5% 1/10W R213 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-067-00 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-105-91 RES-CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R228 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-089-91 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-041-00 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R251 1-216-021-00 METAL CHIP 68 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R253 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R254 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R256 1-216-049-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R279 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R280 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R282 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 R285 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W < SWITCH > S101 1-692-989-11 SWITCH, SLIDE (SCAN SELECT) IF-92 BOARD, COMPLETE ********************* (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) 3-067-239-01 HOLDER, FL < BUZZER > BZ401 1-529-986-11 BUZZER, VOLTAGE < CAPACITOR > C401 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C409 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C411 1-126-933-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 16V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C414 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-137-150-11 FILM 0.01uF 5% 100V C419 1-104-666-11 ELECT 220uF 20% 25V C420 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C421 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C422 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C425 1-119-943-91 ELECT 47uF 20% 50V C426 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C427 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C428 1-128-551-11 ELECT 22uF 20% 25V C429 1-104-665-11 ELECT 100uF 20% 25V C431 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C437 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C440 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-126-947-11 ELECT 47uF 20% 25V < CONNECTOR > * CN405 1-785-530-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P CN406 1-815-381-11 CONNECTOR, FPC/FFC 5P < DIODE > D403 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D404 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D405 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D406 8-719-041-97 DIODE MA113- (TX) D412 8-719-017-62 DIODE MA8068-L-TX www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-6 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark IF-92 MB-103 D413 8-719-056-06 DIODE SLR-342DCT32 (PROG) < FERRITE BEAD > FB401 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC403 6-701-875-01 IC LMS8117ADTX-1.8/NOPB IC404 6-801-259-01 IC 86CK74AFG-3RD4 (M IC405 8-759-684-35 IC S-80830ANUP-EDT-T2 IC406 8-749-019-11 IC GP1UD28SYK < SHORT > JR401 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR402 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 JR403 1-216-295-91 SHORT CHIP 0 < COIL > L401 1-408-978-21 INDUCTOR 47uH < FLUORESCENT INDICATOR > ND401 1-518-806-11 TUBE, FLUORESCENT INDICATOR < IC LINK > PS401 1-576-509-21 LINK, IC PS402 1-576-508-21 LINK, IC < TRANSISTOR > Q401 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q402 8-729-056-46 TRANSISTOR 2SC5053T100Q Q404 8-729-048-28 TRANSISTOR 2SD1766-T100-QR Q405 8-729-424-08 TRANSISTOR UN2111-TX < RESISTOR > R401 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R415 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R416 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W R417 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R418 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R421 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R422 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-081-00 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R424 1-216-013-00 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R425 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R427 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R428 1-216-071-00 METAL CHIP 8.2K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-059-00 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/10W R431 1-216-063-91 RES-CHIP 3.9K 5% 1/10W R433 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R434 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R435 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R437 1-216-027-00 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/10W R440 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R444 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R446 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R448 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R449 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R450 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R455 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R471 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R473 1-216-073-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R474 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R481 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R482 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R483 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R484 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R485 1-216-025-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R488 1-216-033-00 METAL CHIP 220 5% 1/10W R489 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R490 1-216-083-00 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R496 1-216-017-91 RES-CHIP 47 5% 1/10W R497 1-216-097-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W < SWITCH > S401 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (TOP MENU) S402 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (O RETURN) S403 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (MENU) S404 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (DISPLAY) S405 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (x) S406 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (>) S407 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (X) S408 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (.) S409 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (A) S410 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (PICTURE MODE) S411 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (SURROUND) S412 1-771-349-21 SWITCH, KEYBOARD (H) < TRANSFORMER > T401 1-437-620-11 TRANSFORMER, DC-DC CONVERTER < VIBRATOR > X401 1-781-472-21 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (8MHz) MB-103 BOARD, COMPLETE *********************** (Ref. No. 2,000 Series) < CAPACITOR > C102 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C103 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C104 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C105 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C106 1-162-914-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V C107 1-162-914-11 CERAMIC CHIP 9PF 0.5PF 50V C108 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C109 1-126-209-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 4V C110 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C111 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C114 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C118 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C120 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C121 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C122 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C125 1-126-607-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 4V C126 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C127 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C128 1-126-246-11 ELECT CHIP 220uF 20% 4V C129 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-7 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark C130 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C201 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C202 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C203 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C204 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C210 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C211 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C212 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C213 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V C214 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V C215 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C216 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C218 1-162-965-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0015uF 10% 50V C219 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C220 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C221 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C225 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C226 1-164-230-11 CERAMIC CHIP 220PF 5% 50V C228 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C229 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C230 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C232 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C233 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C234 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C235 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C236 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V C238 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C240 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C241 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C242 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C243 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C244 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C245 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C246 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C247 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C248 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C249 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C250 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C251 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C252 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C253 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C254 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C255 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C256 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C257 1-165-176-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.047uF 10% 16V C258 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C259 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C260 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C261 1-162-959-11 CERAMIC CHIP 330PF 5% 50V C262 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C263 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C264 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C265 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C266 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C270 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C271 1-126-204-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 16V C272 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C273 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C304 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C305 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C308 1-126-206-11 ELECT CHIP 100uF 20% 6.3V C309 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C310 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 50V C311 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C312 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.068uF 10% 16V C313 1-164-677-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.033uF 10% 16V C314 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C315 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C316 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C317 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C318 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C319 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C320 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C321 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C322 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C323 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C324 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C325 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C326 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C327 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C328 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C329 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C330 1-162-968-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0047uF 10% 50V C331 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C332 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C333 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C334 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C335 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C337 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C338 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C339 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C340 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C343 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C344 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C402 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C404 1-126-193-11 ELECT 1uF 20% 50V C406 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C407 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C408 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C410 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C412 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C413 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C415 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C416 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C417 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C418 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C419 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C422 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C423 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C425 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C426 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C428 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C429 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C431 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C432 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C435 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C436 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C438 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C439 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C441 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V MB-103 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-8 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark MB-103 C442 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C446 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C447 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C449 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C501 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C502 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C503 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C504 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C505 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C506 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C507 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C508 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C509 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C510 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C511 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C512 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C513 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C514 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C515 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C516 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C517 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C518 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C520 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C521 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C526 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C527 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C528 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C529 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C531 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C532 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V C533 1-164-315-11 CERAMIC CHIP 470PF 5% 50V C534 1-164-173-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0039uF 10% 50V C537 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C538 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C539 1-164-733-11 CERAMIC CHIP 820PF 10% 50V C540 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C541 1-126-205-11 ELECT CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V C542 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C543 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C544 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C545 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V C546 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V C601 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V C602 1-127-715-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V C603 1-124-779-00 ELECT CHIP 10uF 20% 16V C604 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR > * CN102 1-770-154-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P * CN103 1-770-470-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 6P CN203 1-815-507-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 26P < FERRITE BEAD > FB103 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB104 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB105 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB106 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB107 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB108 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB109 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH FB111 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0uH < FILTER > FL101 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL102 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL103 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL104 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL105 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL106 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL108 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL109 1-233-893-21 FILTER, CHIP EMI FL110 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL201 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL402 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL403 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH FL404 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0uH < IC > IC101 8-759-643-29 IC BR24C64F-E2 IC103 6-701-877-01 IC SM8707EV-G-E2 IC104 6-701-837-01 IC MB91307RPFV-G-BND-E1 IC107 6-802-252-01 IC MR27V3202F-7RTPZ04B IC108 6-701-874-01 IC IDT71V016SA15PH8 (SCD2994) IC201 6-701-700-01 IC SP3728ACB IC202 6-701-878-01 IC FAN8034L IC301 6-701-876-01 IC CXD9703R IC302 8-759-599-45 IC MM1385ENLE IC303 8-759-643-10 IC GM71V18160CT-6TR IC401 6-702-300-01 IC TK11118CSCL-G IC403 8-752-416-45 IC CXD1935Q IC404 6-700-353-01 IC MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR IC405 6-700-353-01 IC MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR IC501 8-759-588-58 IC MM1385NNLE IC502 6-701-814-01 IC CXD9698R IC503 6-700-353-01 IC MT48LC1M16A1TG-6STR IC504 6-701-079-01 IC ADV7300AKST IC505 8-759-588-58 IC MM1385NNLE IC601 6-701-565-01 IC CXD9627A-E2 < COIL > L101 1-414-410-21 INDUCTOR 10uH L201 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH L202 1-412-031-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 47uH < TRANSISTOR > Q201 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR Q202 8-729-903-46 TRANSISTOR 2SB1132-T100-QR < RESISTOR > R103 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R104 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R105 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R106 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R108 1-216-789-11 METAL CHIP 2.2 5% 1/10W R110 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R111 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R112 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R113 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/10W R114 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-9 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark MB-103 R116 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R117 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R118 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R119 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R120 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R121 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R123 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R124 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R128 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R129 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R130 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R131 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R132 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R133 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R134 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R136 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R137 1-216-801-11 METAL CHIP 22 5% 1/10W R139 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R141 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R150 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R156 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R157 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R159 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R160 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R161 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R163 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R165 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R166 1-216-065-91 RES-CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R168 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/10W R176 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R177 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R178 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R180 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R181 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R182 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R183 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R184 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R185 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R187 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R206 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R207 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R210 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R211 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R212 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R213 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R214 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R216 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R217 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R218 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R219 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R220 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R221 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R222 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R223 1-216-842-11 METAL CHIP 56K 5% 1/10W R224 1-216-850-11 METAL CHIP 270K 5% 1/10W R225 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R226 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R227 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/10W R229 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R230 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R231 1-216-855-11 METAL CHIP 680K 5% 1/10W R232 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R233 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R234 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R235 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R236 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R238 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R239 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R240 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R241 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R242 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/10W R243 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/10W R244 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R245 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R246 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R248 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R249 1-216-803-11 METAL CHIP 33 5% 1/10W R250 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R251 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/10W R252 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/10W R253 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R254 1-218-895-11 METAL CHIP 100K 0.5% 1/10W R255 1-218-889-11 METAL CHIP 56K 0.5% 1/10W R256 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R259 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R260 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/10W R261 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R262 1-216-815-11 METAL CHIP 330 5% 1/10W R263 1-216-861-11 METAL CHIP 2.2M 5% 1/10W R264 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/10W R265 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R269 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R273 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R301 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 R302 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 R303 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/10W R311 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R312 1-218-831-11 METAL CHIP 220 0.5% 1/10W R313 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R314 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R315 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R316 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R317 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R318 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/10W R319 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R320 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/10W R321 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/10W R322 1-218-847-11 METAL CHIP 1K 0.5% 1/10W R323 1-218-855-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 0.5% 1/10W R324 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R325 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R326 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R327 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/10W R328 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/10W R329 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R330 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R331 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R332 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/10W R333 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/10W R334 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/10W www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com 8-10 Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark Ref. No. Part No. Description Remark MB-103 MS-81 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) R335 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/10W R336 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R346 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R347 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R348 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R349 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R351 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 R352 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 R358 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R359 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R360 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R402 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 R405 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R412 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R413 1-218-867-11 RES-CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/10W R414 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R415 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R423 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R426 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R430 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 10 5% 1/10W R436 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R438 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R439 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R507 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R511 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R512 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R513 1-218-285-11 RES-CHIP 75 5% 1/10W R514 1-218-292-11 RES-CHIP 20K 5% 1/10W R536 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R558 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R559 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R568 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/10W R570 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R571 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/10W R573 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R574 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R575 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R576 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R577 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R578 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R579 1-218-834-11 METAL CHIP 300 0.5% 1/10W R585 1-216-833-11 METAL CHIP 10K 5% 1/10W R601 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/10W R613 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R614 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 R619 1-216-864-11 SHORT 0 < COMPOSITION CIRCUIT BLOCK > * RB102 1-233-270-11 NETWORK, RES (8 GANG) 10K < VARIABLE RESISTOR > RV501 1-223-583-41 RES, ADJ, CARBON (3 TYPE) 1K (VIDEO LEVEL ADJ) RV502 1-223-583-41 RES, ADJ, CARBON (3 TYPE) 1K (PROG VIDEO LEVEL ADJ) < VIBRATOR > X101 1-795-174-11 VIBRATOR, CERAMIC (16.5MHz) X102 1-781-867-21 VIBRATOR, CRYSTAL (27MHz) MS-81 BOARD ************ (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < CONNECTOR > CN001 1-815-412-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P < SWITCH > S001 1-786-133-11 SWITCH, ROTARY (CHUCK/TRAY DETECT) 1-468-650-11 POWER BLOCK (HS12S1U) ********************** (Ref. No. 1,000 Series) < FUSE > 0F101 1-533-296-11 FUSE (2A/125V) MISCELLANEOUS ************** 7 1-786-131-11 SWITCH, TACTILE 11 1-757-693-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-001) 12 1-757-694-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMO-002) 13 1-757-697-11 CABLE, FLEXIBLE FLAT (FMM-035) 053 1-783-531-31 CORD, POWER 0104 A-6062-709-A KHM-240AAA SERVICE ASSY ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS ******************************* 1-477-211-11 REMOTE COMMANDER (RMT-D145A) 1-751-271-11 CORD, CONNECTION (STEREO AV CABLE 1.5m) 3-074-927-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH) 3-074-927-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH) (Canadian) 3-071-119-11 CASE, BATTERY (for RMT-D145A) The components identified by mark 0 or dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part num- ber specified. Les composants identifiés par une marque 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant le numéro spécifié. 8-10 E www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com – 128 – DVP-NS715P Sony Corporation Home Video Campany 9-929-720-11 2002E0500-1 © 2002. 5 Published by Quality Assurance Dept. www. xiaoyu163. com QQ 376315150 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 TEL 13942296513 9 9 2 8 9 4 2 9 8 0 5 1 5 1 3 6 7 3 Q Q TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 TEL 13942296513 QQ 376315150 892498299 http://www.xiaoyu163.com